iv anexos - pàgina inicial de upcommons anexos.pdf · los accesorios y vehículos profesionales...
TRANSCRIPT
IV ANEXOS
PE
ND
IEN
TE
S C
ON
PE
SO
EN
OR
DE
N D
E M
AR
CH
A
11
09
01
30
Pen
die
nte
máx
ima
45º
45º
45º
PE
ND
IEN
TE
MÁ
XIM
A
11
09
01
30
Áng
ulo
ven
tral
Áng
ulo
de
entr
ada
Áng
ulo
de
salid
a
ALT
UR
A L
IBR
E M
ÍNIM
A D
EB
AJO
DE
L V
EH
ÍCU
LO M
M
11
09
01
30
DIMENSIONES Y CAPACIDADES / ESPECIFICACIONES TÉCNICAS / PRESTACIONES Y CIFRAS
Tam
año
del
neu
mát
ico
235/
85R
1623
5/85
R16
7.50
R16
Alt
ura
libre
baj
o lo
s ej
es25
025
025
0
Alt
ura
mín
ima
libre
deb
ajo
del
veh
ícul
o,
sin
carg
a32
331
431
4
Áng
ulo
de
salid
a47
,1º
35,6
º35
,2º
Áng
ulo
ven
tral
147º
149,
7º15
2,5º
Áng
ulo
de
entr
ada
47º
48,7
º49
º
55
DIMENSIONES Y CAPACIDADES
56
GIR
O M
ÍNIM
O
Diá
metr
o d
e g
iro
m
ínim
o
DIÁ
ME
TR
O D
E G
IRO
Ent
re b
ord
illo
s (m
etro
s)
11
09
01
30
PR
OFU
ND
IDA
D D
E V
AD
EO
MM
11
09
01
30
Pro
fund
idad
m
áxim
a
de
vad
eo50
050
050
0Ta
mañ
o d
el
neum
átic
o7.
50R
1623
5/85
R16
7.50
R16
235/
85R
167.
50R
16
Diá
met
ro d
e g
iro
mín
imo
12,3
13,4
12,8
14,4
15,0
8
FR
EN
OS
Dis
cos
del
ante
ros
y tr
aser
os
serv
oas
isti
do
s en
to
do
s lo
s m
od
elo
s.
DIR
EC
CIÓ
N
Tod
os
los
mo
del
os
inco
rpo
ran
dire
cció
n el
ectr
oas
isti
da.
Co
n si
nfín
y r
od
illo
.
DIMENSIONES Y CAPACIDADES / ESPECIFICACIONES TÉCNICAS / PRESTACIONES Y CIFRAS
57
DIMENSIONES Y CAPACIDADES
58
90
11
01
30
Pic
k U
pTe
cho
duro
Sta
tio
n W
ago
nP
ick
Up
Hig
h C
apac
ity
Pic
k U
pTe
cho
duro
Sta
tio
n W
ago
nH
CP
U D
ob
le C
abin
a
Vía
del
ante
ra/t
rase
ra14
86†
1486
†14
86†
1486
†14
86†
1486
†14
86†
1511
Long
itud
del
esp
acio
d
e ca
rga
983*
1144
1144
1740
*19
8619
0019
0016
80*
Anc
ho d
e ap
ertu
ra
del
po
rtó
n87
887
887
887
813
6287
887
813
62
Long
itud
máx
ima
de
la c
aja
830
1030
1005
1570
1980
1750
1100
/147
0**
1640
Anc
ho m
áxim
o d
e ca
ja80
075
566
080
010
6075
566
010
60
Alt
ura
máx
ima
de
la c
aja
1160
1050
1050
1160
1160
1050
1050
1160
Dim
ensi
one
s en
mm
*A
ñád
anse
161
mm
sin
rue
da
de
rep
uest
o
**2
ª fil
a as
ient
os
vert
ical
/ 2
ª fil
a as
ient
os
ple
gad
a
† Deb
ido
al i
ncre
men
to d
e E
T 1
511
con
llant
a d
e ac
ero
HD
y ll
anta
de
alea
ció
n G
loss
Bla
ck S
awto
oth
.
90
Long
itud
St
atio
n W
ago
n/Te
cho
dur
o 4
040
mm
Pic
k U
p 3
861
mm
11
0Lo
ngit
ud
Stat
ion
Wag
on/
Uti
lity
Wag
on/
Tech
o d
uro
478
5 m
mP
ick
Up
457
8 m
m
Anc
ho17
90 m
m
Bat
alla
322
6 m
m (1
30)
13
0Lo
ngit
udH
CP
U D
ob
le C
abin
a
5271
mm
Bat
alla
279
4 m
m (1
10)
11
0Lo
ngit
udP
ick
Up
Do
ble
Cab
ina
45
78 m
m
Bat
alla
279
4 m
m (1
10)
11
0Lo
ngit
udH
CP
U 4
773
mm
La a
ltur
a d
el v
ehíc
ulo
dep
end
e d
e lo
s ne
umát
ico
s y
del
tip
o d
e su
spen
sió
n
Alt
ura
2000
mm
- 2
182
mm
DIMENSIONES Y CAPACIDADES / ESPECIFICACIONES TÉCNICAS / PRESTACIONES Y CIFRAS
Anc
ho d
e ví
a14
86 m
m
130
DC
/HC
PU
1511
mm
Bat
alla
236
0 m
m (9
0)B
atal
la 2
794
mm
(110
)
59
ESPECIFICACIONES TÉCNICAS / PRESTACIONES Y CIFRAS
Car
ga
del v
ehíc
ulo
Una
co
mb
inac
ión
inco
rrec
ta d
e ve
hícu
lo y
car
ga
de
rem
olq
ue a
fect
ará
neg
ativ
amen
te a
la c
ond
ucci
ón
y a
los
fren
os,
hac
iend
o q
ue e
l veh
ícul
o
se c
om
po
rte
de
man
era
ines
tab
le e
inef
icaz
.
Car
ga
úti
l y d
istr
ibuci
ón d
el p
eso
La c
orr
ecta
dis
trib
ució
n d
el p
eso
se
ob
tien
e te
nien
do
en
cuen
ta u
nas
senc
illas
pau
tas:
• La
car
ga
útil
se o
bti
ene
rest
and
o a
la m
asa
máx
ima
auto
riza
da
la t
ara
nom
inal
y n
o d
ebe
exce
der
se.
• La
car
ga
se d
istr
ibui
rá t
an u
nifo
rmem
ente
co
mo
sea
po
sib
le a
lo la
rgo
del
ár
ea d
e ca
rga
del
veh
ícul
o.
• La
alt
ura
de
la c
arg
a út
il se
lim
itar
á al
mín
imo
par
a m
ante
ner
el c
entr
o d
e g
rave
dad
lo m
ás b
ajo
po
sib
le.
• Se
ten
drá
n en
cue
nta
los
efec
tos
adic
iona
les
pro
voca
do
s p
or
el r
emo
lque
(v
éase
la s
ecci
ón
rela
tiva
al r
emo
lque
que
fig
ura
a co
ntin
uaci
ón)
.
Co
nsul
te la
tab
la y
la s
ecci
ón
de
dim
ensi
one
s p
ara
eval
uar
la c
onf
igur
ació
n d
e ve
hícu
lo m
ás a
dec
uad
a al
tip
o d
e ca
rga
que
tra
nsp
ort
ará
hab
itua
lmen
te.
Rem
olq
ue
Ele
cció
n d
el e
qui
po
co
rrec
to:
Land
Ro
ver
ofr
ece
una
com
ple
ta g
ama
de
eng
anch
es d
e re
mo
lque
, bie
n
com
o p
arte
del
eq
uip
amie
nto
op
cio
nal o
co
mo
acc
eso
rio
s, a
dec
uad
os
a
las
dife
rent
es a
plic
acio
nes.
Lo
s en
gan
ches
de
rem
olq
ue r
egul
able
s en
al
tura
per
mit
en fi
jar
la a
ltur
a d
el e
ngan
che
en t
res
po
sici
one
s d
ifere
ntes
p
ara
adap
tars
e a
dife
rent
es r
equi
sito
s d
e re
mo
lcad
o.
Las
bo
las
de
rem
olq
ue a
just
able
s p
erm
iten
var
iar
la a
ltur
a d
el e
ngan
che
en d
ifere
ntes
po
sici
one
s y
son
adec
uad
as p
ara
usua
rio
s q
ue a
cost
umb
ran
a ut
iliza
r re
mo
lque
s o
cua
ndo
la a
ltur
a tr
aser
a d
el v
ehíc
ulo
pue
de
vari
ar
nota
ble
men
te d
ebid
o a
las
dis
tint
as c
arg
as ú
tile
s.
Bac
as p
ara
tech
o
Las
carg
as t
rans
po
rtad
as e
n la
bac
a d
el v
ehíc
ulo
afe
ctan
no
tab
lem
ente
a s
u co
mp
ort
amie
nto
, po
r lo
que
han
de
evit
arse
car
gas
exc
esiv
as o
muy
alt
as.
Land
Ro
ver
reco
mie
nda
no s
uper
ar lo
s 15
0 kg
incl
uid
a la
bac
a. L
os
acce
sori
os
y ve
hícu
los
pro
fesi
ona
les
Land
Ro
ver
ofr
ecen
una
co
mp
leta
gam
a d
e si
stem
as
tran
spo
rte
de
tech
o q
ue le
per
mit
en t
rans
po
rtar
car
gas
de
la fo
rma
más
se
gur
a. P
ara
más
info
rmac
ión,
co
nsul
te la
sec
ció
n d
e ac
ceso
rio
s d
e es
te
catá
log
o o
co
n su
co
nces
iona
rio
Lan
d R
ove
r ha
bit
ual.
2.2
DIÉ
SE
L
Mo
tor
y tr
ansm
isió
n
2.2
Dié
sel
CA
PAC
IDA
D D
EL
DE
PÓ
SIT
O9
09
0 S
W1
10
13
0
Litr
os
6060
7575
CO
NSU
MO
Urb
ano
(L/1
00 k
m)
11,5
11,7
13,6
13,6
Ext
raur
ban
o (L
/100
km
)9,
19,
49,
79,
7
Co
mb
inad
o (L
/100
km
)10
,010
,211
,111
,1
Sono
rid
ad²
75d
B (A
)75
dB
(A)
75d
B (A
)75
dB
(A)
Em
isio
nes
CO
2 (g
/km
)26
626
929
529
5
Em
isio
nes
cert
ifica
ble
sE
U5
EU
5E
U5
EU
5
Velo
cid
ad m
áxim
a km
/h14
514
514
514
5
Ace
lera
ció
n 0-
100
km/h
en
seg
und
os
15,8
15,8
15,8
17
Las
cifr
as q
ue s
e in
dic
an c
orr
esp
ond
en a
los
resu
ltad
os
de
test
ofic
iale
s re
aliz
ado
s p
or
el fa
bri
cant
e d
e co
nfo
rmid
ad c
on
la le
gis
laci
ón
euro
pea
.
El c
ons
umo
rea
l de
un v
ehíc
ulo
pue
de
ser
dife
rent
e d
el o
bte
nid
o e
n d
icha
s p
rueb
as. E
stas
cifr
as s
irve
n so
lo
com
o r
efer
enci
a co
mp
arat
iva.
Lo
s ve
hícu
los
no s
e p
rueb
an in
div
idua
lmen
te y
es
inev
itab
le q
ue s
e p
rod
uzca
n d
ifere
ncia
s en
tre
vehí
culo
s d
el m
ism
o m
od
elo
. Asi
mis
mo
, la
inco
rpo
raci
ón
de
det
erm
inad
as m
od
ifica
cio
nes,
el
est
ilo d
e co
nduc
ció
n y
las
cond
icio
nes
del
trá
fico
, así
co
mo
el k
ilom
etra
je d
el v
ehíc
ulo
y s
u m
ante
nim
ient
o
rep
ercu
ten
en e
l co
nsum
o.
DA
TO
S D
EL
MO
TO
R
Po
sici
ón
Long
itud
inal
Cili
ndra
da
(cc)
2198
Nº
de
cilin
dro
s4
Válv
ulas
po
r ci
lind
ro4
Dis
po
sici
ón
de
los
cilin
dro
sLo
ngit
udin
al
Diá
met
ro (m
m)
86
Car
rera
(mm
)94
,6
Rel
ació
n d
e co
mp
resi
ón
(:1)
15,6
4
Mat
eria
l de
la c
ulat
aA
lum
inio
Mat
eria
l del
blo
que
de
cilin
dro
sFu
ndic
ión
de
hier
ro
Po
tenc
ia m
áxim
a kW
(CV
) / r
pm
90 (1
22) /
350
0
Par
máx
imo
Nm
/ r
pm
360
/ 20
00
Par (Nm)
380
360
340
320
300
280
260
240
220
200 80
1.000
1.500
2.000
2.500
3.000
3.500
4.000
Rég
imen m
oto
r (r
pm
)
Par
(Nm
)P
ote
ncia
(kW
)
100
90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
Potencia (kW)
Par
máx
.(Nm
)36
0Nm
/2,0
00rp
mP
ote
ncia
máx
.(kW
)90
kW
/350
0 rp
m
60
RE
MO
LQU
E (
KG
) E
JE M
ÁX
IMO
(K
G)
SIS
TE
MA
DE
CA
RG
A E
N E
L TE
CH
O (
KG
)
Cap
acid
ades
de c
arg
a
Del
ante
raE
je r
ígid
o, m
uelle
s he
lico
idal
es d
e ta
rad
o s
enci
llo,
amo
rtig
uad
ore
s hi
drá
ulic
os
tele
scó
pic
os
coax
iale
s co
n
carg
a d
e ni
tró
gen
o. B
arra
Pan
hard
y b
razo
s ra
dia
les.
B
arra
ant
ivue
lco
.
Eje
ríg
ido
, mue
lles
helic
oid
ales
de
tara
do
do
ble
, am
ort
igua
do
res
hid
rául
ico
s te
lesc
óp
ico
s co
axia
les
con
ca
rga
de
nitr
óg
eno
. Bar
ra P
anha
rd y
bra
zos
rad
iale
s.
Bar
ra a
ntiv
uelc
o.
Eje
ríg
ido
, mue
lles
helic
oid
ales
de
tara
do
sen
cillo
, am
ort
igua
do
res
hid
rául
ico
s te
lesc
óp
ico
s co
axia
les
con
ca
rga
de
nitr
óg
eno
. Bar
ra P
anha
rd y
bra
zos
rad
iale
s.
Bar
ra a
ntiv
uelc
o.
Tras
era
Eje
ríg
ido
tra
sero
, mue
lles
helic
oid
ales
de
tara
do
do
ble
, am
ort
igua
do
res
hid
rául
ico
s te
lesc
óp
ico
s co
n ca
rga
de
nitr
óg
eno
. Cha
sis
en ‘A
’ y s
iste
ma
de
susp
ensi
ón
de
rued
a ti
rad
a. B
arra
ant
ivue
lco
.
Eje
ríg
ido
, mue
lles
helic
oid
ales
de
tara
do
tri
ple
, am
ort
igua
do
res
hid
rául
ico
s te
lesc
óp
ico
s co
n ca
rga
de
nitr
óg
eno
. Cha
sis
en ‘A
’ y s
iste
ma
de
susp
ensi
ón
de
rued
a ti
rad
a. B
arra
ant
ivue
lco
.
Eje
ríg
ido
, mue
lles
helic
oid
ales
de
tara
do
tri
ple
, mue
lles
auxi
liare
s co
axia
les
linea
les,
am
ort
igua
do
res
hid
rául
ico
s co
axia
les
tele
scó
pic
os
con
carg
a d
e ni
tró
gen
o. C
hasi
s en
‘A’
y si
stem
a d
e su
spen
sió
n d
e ru
eda
tira
da.
Bar
ra a
ntiv
uelc
o.
11
01
30
HE
AV
Y D
UTY
90
11
01
30
Eje
del
ante
ro12
5012
5015
80
Eje
tra
sero
1500
1980
2200
Pes
o m
áxim
o a
uto
riza
do
2505
3050
3380
90
11
01
30
Rem
olq
ue c
on
fren
os
3.50
03.
500
3.50
0
Rem
olq
ue s
in fr
eno
s75
075
075
0
Pes
o m
áxim
o e
n el
eje
del
rem
olq
ue15
015
015
0
Efe
cto
so
bre
el e
je t
rase
ro
201
204
(HC
PU
215
)20
6
90
/11
0/1
30
Bac
a d
e te
cho
150
Bac
a d
e es
cale
ra15
0
Bac
a d
e te
cho
ori
gin
al L
and
Ro
ver
Gen
uine
Par
ts.
El p
eso
mo
stra
do
(kg
) inc
luye
la b
aca
DE
SE
RIE
Tech
o d
uro
Te
cho
de lo
na
Sta
tio
nW
ago
nP
ick
Up
H
igh C
apac
ity
Pic
k U
pTe
cho
duro
Sta
tio
n W
ago
n 5
/ 7
as
iento
sU
tilit
y
Wag
on
HC
PU
Do
ble
Cab
ina
Mas
a m
áx. a
uto
riza
da
2505
2505
2505
3050
3050
3050
3050
/305
030
5033
80
Tara
no
min
al*
1786
1771
1902
1921
1942
1969
2064
/212
520
6421
53
Car
ga
útil*
*71
973
460
311
2911
0810
8198
6/92
598
612
27
*Tar
a no
min
al =
Pes
o d
esca
rgad
o +
dep
ósi
to ll
eno
+ 7
5 kg
co
nduc
tor
**
Car
ga
útil
= M
asa
máx
ima
auto
riza
da
– ta
ra n
om
inal
Susp
ensi
ón
90
11
01
30
Peso
s (k
g)
90
DIMENSIONES Y CAPACIDADES / ESPECIFICACIONES TÉCNICAS / PRESTACIONES Y CIFRAS
61
BIOTRITURADORA
BIO 510tdf
MANUAL DE USUARIO
ORIGINAL
Versión 04-2012
EDITA:
AVDA. RAMON CIURANS, 2 Apdo. Correos 35 08530 La Garriga (BCN) Internet:hondaencasa.comFax: 93-871.81.80 Telf: 93-860.50.25
Greens se reserva el derecho de modificar las especificaciones técnicas sin previo aviso
ÍNDICE
1.- Presentación y descripción
1.1.-Equipamiento
2.- Seguridad
3.- Condiciones de uso
4.- Notas y advertencias
5.- Mantenimiento
6.- Especificaciones técnicas
ERROR: undefinedresourceOFFENDING COMMAND: findresource
STACK:
/0 /CSA /0 /CSA -mark- /0
Instruction manual
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011Replaces: 02.08English
Axial Piston Fixed MotorA2FMSeries 6
The data specified above serve to describe the product. Should information be provided on use, these are only examples of applications and suggestions. Information from the catalog are not assured properties. The information given does not release the user from the obligation of own judgment and verification. Our products are subject to a natural wear and aging process.
© This document, as well as the data, specifications and other information set forth in it, are the exclusive property of Bosch Rexroth AG.It may not be reproduced or given to third parties without its consent.
The cover shows an example application. The product delivered may differ from the image on the cover.
The original instruction manual was created in the German language.
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 3/52
Content1 About this manual .....................................................................................51.1 Validity of the documentation ......................................................................51.2 Required and supplementary documentation .............................................51.3 Display of information ..................................................................................61.3.1 Safety instructions .......................................................................................61.3.2 Symbols ......................................................................................................71.3.3 Designations ...............................................................................................71.3.4 Abbreviations ..............................................................................................72 Safety instructions ....................................................................................82.1 About this chapter .......................................................................................82.2 Intended use ...............................................................................................82.3 Improper use ...............................................................................................82.4 Personnel qualifications ..............................................................................92.5 General safety instructions ..........................................................................92.6 Product-specific safety instructions ...........................................................102.7 Personal protective equipment ..................................................................113 General instructions on damage to equipment and the product .......124 Delivery contents ....................................................................................145 Product description ................................................................................155.1 Performance description ...........................................................................155.2 Product description ...................................................................................155.2.1 Assembly of the axial piston unit ...............................................................155.2.2 Functional description ...............................................................................165.3 Product identification .................................................................................166 Transport and storage ............................................................................176.1 Transporting the axial piston unit ..............................................................176.1.1 Transporting by hand ................................................................................176.1.2 Transporting with lifting device ..................................................................176.2 Storing the axial piston unit .......................................................................197 Installation ...............................................................................................217.1 Unpacking .................................................................................................217.2 Installation conditions ................................................................................217.3 Installation position ....................................................................................237.3.1 Below-reservoir installation (standard) ......................................................237.3.2 Above-reservoir installation .......................................................................247.4 Installing the axial piston unit ....................................................................257.4.1 Preparation ................................................................................................257.4.2 Dimensions ...............................................................................................257.4.3 General instructions ..................................................................................257.4.4 Installation with coupling ...........................................................................267.4.5 Installation on a gearbox ...........................................................................277.4.6 Installation with cardan shaft .....................................................................277.4.7 Completing installation ..............................................................................287.4.8 Hydraulically connecting the axial piston unit ............................................287.5 Performing flushing cycle ..........................................................................348 Commissioning .......................................................................................358.1 First commissioning ..................................................................................358.1.1 Filling the axial piston unit .........................................................................358.1.2 Testing the hydraulic fluid supply ..............................................................368.1.3 Performing functional test .........................................................................378.2 Running-in phase ......................................................................................378.3 Recommissioning after standstill ...............................................................389 Operation .................................................................................................39
Content
4/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
10 Maintenance and repair ..........................................................................4010.1 Cleaning and care .....................................................................................4010.2 Inspection ..................................................................................................4110.3 Maintenance ..............................................................................................4110.4 Repair ........................................................................................................4110.5 Spare parts ................................................................................................4211 Removal and replacement ......................................................................4311.1 Required tools ...........................................................................................4311.2 Preparing for removal ................................................................................4311.3 Removing the axial piston unit ..................................................................4311.4 Preparing the components for storage or further use ...............................4312 Disposal ...................................................................................................4413 Extension and conversion .....................................................................4414 Troubleshooting ......................................................................................4514.1 How to proceed for troubleshooting ..........................................................4514.2 Malfunction table .......................................................................................4615 Technical data .........................................................................................4716 Appendix ..................................................................................................4716.1 Address directory ......................................................................................4717 Alphabetical index ..................................................................................48
Content
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 5/52
About this manual
About this manual1
Validity of the documentation1.1 This documentation is valid for the following product:
Axial piston fixed motor A2FM Series 6 •
This documentation is intended for machine/system manufacturers, fitters and service technicians.This documentation contains important information on the safe and appropriate installation, transport, commissioning, operation, maintenance, removal and simple troubleshooting of the axial piston unit.
Read this documentation completely and in particular chapter 2 “Safety finstructions” and chapter 3 “General instructions on damage to equipment and the product”, before working with the axial piston unit.
1.2 Required and supplementary documentationOnly commission the axial piston unit if the documentation marked with the fbook symbol is available to you and you have understood and observed it.
Required and supplementary documentationTable 1: Title Document number Document typeOrder confirmationContains the order-related technical data of your axial piston fixed motor A2FM.
– Order confirmation
Installation drawingContains the outer dimensions, all connections and the hydraulic circuit diagram for your axial piston fixed motor A2FM.
Please request the installation drawing via your contact person at Bosch Rexroth.
Installation drawing
Axial piston fixed motor A2FMContains the permissible technical data.
RE 91001 Data sheet
Pressure and boost valves for mobile applications, model MHDB RE 64642 Data sheetBVD counterbalance valve RE 95522 Data sheetSpeed sensor (DSA) RE 95133 Data sheetMineral-oil based hydraulic fluid and related hydrocarbonsDescribes the requirements on a mineral-oil based hydraulic fluid and related hydrocarbons for the operation with Rexroth hydraulic components, and assists you in selecting a hydraulic fluid for your hydraulic system.
RE 90220 Data sheet
Environmentally acceptable hydraulic fluidsDescribes the requirements on an environmentally acceptable hydraulic fluid for operation with Rexroth hydraulic components and assists you in selecting a hydraulic fluid for your hydraulic system.
RE 90221 Data sheet
Axial piston units for operation with HF hydraulic fluidsContains additional information on the use of Rexroth axial piston units with HF hydraulic fluids.
RE 90223 Data sheet
Information of the use of hydrostatic drives at low temperaturesContains additional information on the use of Rexroth axial piston units at low temperatures.
RE 90300-03-B Manual
Storage and preservation of axial piston unitsContains additional information on storage and preservation.
RE 90312 Data sheet
6/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
About this manual
Display of information1.3 Standardized safety instructions, symbols, terms and abbreviations are used so that you can use this documentation to work quickly and safely with your axial piston unit. To give you a better understanding they are explained in the sections below.
Safety instructions1.3.1 Safety instructions are contained in this documentation in chapter 2.6 “Product-specific safety instructions” and chapter 3 “General instructions on damage to equipment and the product” as well as before a sequence or instruction whenever there is a risk of injury to persons or damage to equipment. The described danger prevention measures must be observed.Safety instructions are set out as follows:
SIGnAl wORDType and source of dangerConsequences with noncompliance
Measure for danger prevention f<List> f
Safety sign: • draws attention to the dangerSignal word: • identifies the degree of the dangerType and source of danger: • identifies the type and source of the dangerConsequences: • describes what occurs if the safety instructions are not complied withPrecautions: • states how the danger can be avoided
Danger classes in accordance with AnSI Z535.6-2006Table 2:
Safety sign, signal word Meaning
DAnGER Identifies a dangerous situation that will result in death or serious injuries if it is not avoided.
wARnInG Identifies a dangerous situation that may result in death or serious injuries if it is not avoided.
CAUTIOn Identifies a dangerous situation that may result in minor to moderate injuries if it is not avoided.
NOTE Damage to equipment: the product or the environment may be damaged.
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 7/52
About this manual
1.3.2 SymbolsThe following symbols mark notes that are not safety-relevant but which increase the understanding of the documentation.
Meaning of the symbolsTable 3: Symbol Meaning
If this information is disregarded, the product can not be used and/or operated to the optimum extent.
f Single, independent step
1.
2.
3.
Numbered instruction:The numbers specify that the steps are completed one after the other.
1.3.3 DesignationsThis documentation uses the following designations:
DesignationsTable 4: Designation MeaningA2FM Axial piston fixed motor, open and closed circuits
Screw plug Metal screw, pressure-resistant
Protective plug Made out of plastic, not pressure-resistant, only for transportation
As umbrella term for “Axial piston fixed motor A2FM”, the designation “axial piston unit” will be used in the following.
1.3.4 AbbreviationsThis documentation uses the following abbreviations:
AbbreviationsTable 5: Abbreviation MeaningDIN Deutsche Industrie norm (German Institute for Standardization)ISO International Organization for StandardizationRE Rexroth document in the English languageVDI 2230 Directive for the systematic calculation of high duty bolted
joints and joints with one cylindrical bolt from the VDI (Verein Deutscher Ingenieure – Association of German Engineers)
8/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
Safety instructions
2 Safety instructions
About this chapter2.1 The axial piston unit has been manufactured according to the generally accepted rules of current technology. There is, however, still a danger of personal injury or damage to equipment if this chapter and the safety instructions in this documentation are not complied with.
Read this documentation completely and thoroughly before working with the faxial piston unit.Keep this documentation in a location where it is accessible to all users at all ftimes.Always include the required documentation when you pass the axial piston funit on to third parties.
2.2 Intended useAxial piston units are hydraulic components, meaning that in their application they are classified neither as complete nor as incomplete machines in the sense of the EU machine directive 2006/42/EC. A component is exclusively intended to form an incomplete or a complete machine together with other components. The component may only be commissioned after it has been installed in the machine/system for which it is intended and the safety of the entire system has been established in accordance with the machine directive.The product is intended for the following use:The axial piston unit is only approved for use as a hydraulic motor in hydrostatic drives.
Observe the technical data, application and operating conditions and fperformance limits as specified in data sheet RE 91001 and in the order confirmation. Information about approved hydraulic fluids can be found in data sheet RE 91001.
The axial piston unit is only intended for professional use and not for private use.Intended use includes having completely read and understood this documentation, especially chapter 2 “Safety instructions”.
Improper use2.3 Any use other than that described as intended use shall be considered as improper and is therefore impermissible.Bosch Rexroth AG shall accept no liability whatsoever for damage resulting from improper use. The user shall bear all risks arising from improper use.Similarly, the following foreseeable fault usages are also considered to be not as intended:
Using outside the operating parameters approved in the data sheet •(unless customer-specific approval has been granted)Use for non-approved fluids • , e.g. water or polyurethane componentsModification of factory settings by non-authorized persons •Use of add/on parts (e.g. mountable filter, control unit, valves) that are not •specified Rexroth componentsUsing the axial piston unit under water at a depth of more than 10 meters •without necessary additional measures, e.g. pressure equalization
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 9/52
Safety instructions
Using the axial piston unit when the exterior pressure is greater than the interior •pressure (case pressure)Using the axial piston unit in explosive environments unless the •component or machine/system has been certified as compliant with the ATEX directive 94/9/ECUsing the axial piston unit in an aggressive atmosphere •Using the axial piston unit in aircraft or space craft •
2.4 Personnel qualificationsThe activities described in this documentation require basic mechanical, electrical and hydraulic knowledge, as well as knowledge of the associated technical terms. For transporting and handling the product, additional knowledge is necessary with regard to working with a lifting device and the corresponding attachment equipment. In order to ensure safe use, these activities may therefore only be carried out by appropriate qualified personnel or an instructed person under the direction and supervision of qualified personnel.Qualified personnel are those who can recognize possible hazards and institute the appropriate safety measures due to their professional training, knowledge, and experience, as well as their understanding of the relevant regulations pertaining to the work to be done. Qualified personnel must observe the rules relevant to the subject area and have the necessary hydraulic knowledge.Hydraulic knowledge means, for instance:
reading and fully understanding hydraulic plans, •fully understanding in particular the interrelationships regarding safety devices, •andhaving knowledge on the function and assembly of hydraulic components. •
Bosch Rexroth offers training support for special fields. You can find an overview of the training contents on the Internet at: http://www.boschrexroth.de/didactic.
2.5 General safety instructionsObserve the applicable accident prevention and environmental protection •regulations.Observe the safety regulations and provisions of the country in which the •product is used/operated.Use Rexroth products only when they are in good technical order and condition. •Observe all notes on the product. •Persons who install, operate, remove or maintain Rexroth products must not •consume any alcohol, drugs or pharmaceuticals that may affect their ability to respond.Only use Rexroth original accessories and spare parts to ensure there is no risk •to persons from unsuitable spare parts.Conform to the technical data and ambient conditions specified in the product •documentation.If unsuitable products are installed or used in applications that are of relevance •to safety, unexpected operating conditions may occur in the application which could result in injury to persons or property damage. For this reason, only use the product in a safety-relevant application if this use is expressly specified and permitted in the product documentation, for example in ex-protection applications or in safety-related parts of a control system (functional safety).
10/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
Safety instructions
You may only commission the product if it has been determined that the end •product (e.g. machinery or a system) into which the Rexroth products are installed complies with the country-specific provisions, safety regulations and standards of the application.
2.6 Product-specific safety instructionsThe following safety instructions apply for chapters 6 to 14.
wARnInGDanger from suspended loads!Danger to life or risk of injury, damage to equipment!Improper transportation may cause the axial piston unit to fall down lead to injuries e.g. crushing or broken bones or damage to the product.
Make certain that the forklift truck or lifting device has adequate lifting fcapacity.Never stand under or put you hands under suspended loads. fEnsure your position is stable during transportation. fUse your personal protective equipment (e.g. safety glasses, safety gloves, fsuitable working clothes, safety shoes).Use suitable lifting devices for transportation. fObserve the prescribed position of the lifting strap. fObserve the national laws and regulations on work and health protection fand transportation.
Pressurized machine/system!Danger to life or risk of injury, serious injuries when working on machines/systems not shutdown! Damage to equipment!
Protect the complete system against being energized. fMake sure that the machine/system is depressurized. Please follow the fmachine/system manufacturer’s instructions.Do not disconnect any line connections, connections and components when fthe machine/system is pressurized.Switch off all power-transmitting components and connections (electric, fpneumatic, hydraulic) in accordance with the manufacturer’s instruction and secure them against being switched back on.
Escaping oil mist!Danger of explosion, danger of fire, allergic reactions, environmental pollution!
Depressurize the machine/system and repair the leak. fOnly perform welding work then the machine/system is depressurized. fKeep open flames and ignition sources away from the axial piston unit. fIf axial piston units are to be situated in the vicinity of ignition sources or fpowerful thermal radiators, a shield must be erected to ensure that any escaped hydraulic fluid can not ignite, and to protect hose lines from premature aging.
Electrical voltage!Risk of injury due to electric shock or damage to equipment!
Always set up the relevant part of the machine/system so that it is free of felectrical voltage before you install the product or when connecting and disconnecting plugs. Protect the machine/system against being energized.
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 11/52
Safety instructions
CAUTIOnHigh noise development in operation!Danger of hearing damage, deafness!The noise emission of axial piston units depends on speed, operating pressure and installation conditions. The sound pressure level may rise above 70 dBA during normal application conditions.
Always wear hearing protection when in the vicinity of the operating axial fpiston unit.
Hot surfaces on the axial piston unit!Risk of burns!
Allow the axial piston unit to cool down sufficiently before touching it. fWear heat-resistant protective clothing, e.g. gloves. f
Improper routing of cables and lines!Tripping hazard and damage to equipment!
Lay cables and lines so that they can not be damaged and nobody can trip fover them.
Contact with hydraulic fluid!Hazard to health/health impairment e.g. eye injuries, skin damage, toxication during inhalation!
Avoid contact with hydraulic fluids. fWhen working with hydraulic fluids, strictly observe the safety instructions fprovided by the lubricant manufacturer.Use your personal protective equipment (e.g. safety glasses, safety gloves, fsuitable working clothes, safety shoes).If hydraulic fluid should, nevertheless, come into contact with your eyes or fbloodstream or is swallowed, consult a doctor immediately.
Escaping hydraulic fluid due to machine/system leakage!Risk of burns and risk of injury due to escaping oil jet!
Depressurize the machine/system and repair the leak. fNever attempt to block or seal the leak or oil jet with a cloth. f
Personal protective equipment2.7 The personal protective equipment is the responsibility of the user of the axial piston unit. Observe the safety regulations and provisions of your country.All components of the personal protective equipment must be intact.
12/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
General instructions on damage to equipment and the product
General instructions on 3 damage to equipment and the product
The following notes apply for chapters 6 to 14.
NOTEDanger from improper handling!Product can be damaged!
Do not expose the product to an impermissible mechanical load. fNever use the product as a handle or step. fDo not place/lay any objects on the product. fDo not strike the drive shaft of the axial piston unit. fDo not set/place the axial piston unit on the drive shaft. fDo not strike sensitive fittings (e.g. sensors or valves). fDo not strike sealing surfaces (e.g. service line ports). fLeave the protective covers on the axial piston unit until shortly before the flines are connected.
Damage to equipment due to improper lubrication!Product can be damaged or destroyed!
Never operate the axial piston unit with insufficient hydraulic fluid. Make sure fin particular that the rotary group has sufficient lubrication.When commissioning a machine/system, make sure that the case interior fand the service lines of the axial piston unit are filled with hydraulic fluid and remain filled during operation. Air intrusions in the forward drive shaft bearing are to be prevented, especially with the installation position ”drive shaft upwards”.Check the hydraulic fluid level in the case interior regularly; if necessary, frecommission. With above-reservoir installation, the case interior may drain via the reservoir line after longer standstill periods (air enters via the shaft seal) or via the service line (gap leakage). The bearings are thus insufficiently lubricated at switch on.
Mixing of hydraulic fluids!Product can be damaged!
Before installation, remove all fluids from the axial piston unit to prevent fmixing with the hydraulic fluid used in the machine/system.Any mixing of hydraulic fluids of different manufacturers or different types fof the same manufacturer is not permissible in general.
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 13/52
General instructions on damage to equipment and the product
NOTEContamination of the hydraulic fluid!The cleanliness of the hydraulic fluid has a considerable impact on the cleanliness and service life of the hydraulic system. Premature wear and malfunctions!
Make sure that the working environment at the installation site is fully free fof dust and foreign substances in order to prevent contaminants, such as welding beads or metal cuttings, from getting into the hydraulic lines and causing product wear or malfunctions. The axial piston unit must be installed in a clean condition.Use only clean connections, hydraulic lines and attachments f(e.g. measuring equipment).No contaminants may enter the connections when they are plugged. fBefore commissioning, make certain that all hydraulic connections are ftight and that all of the connection seals and plugs are installed correctly to ensure that they are leakproof and fluids and contaminants are prevented from penetrating the product.Use a suitable filter system to filter hydraulic fluids during filling to minimize fsolid impurities and water in the hydraulic system.
Improper cleaning!Product can be damaged!
Plug all openings with the appropriate protective equipment in order to fprevent detergents from entering the hydraulic system.Never use solvents or aggressive detergents. Use only water and, fif necessary, a mild detergent to clean the axial piston unit.Do not point the power washer at sensitive components, e.g. shaft seal, felectrical connections and components.Use lint-free cloths for cleaning. f
Environmental pollution due to incorrect disposal!Careless disposal of the axial piston unit, the hydraulic fluid and the packaging material could lead to pollution of the environment!
Dispose of the axial piston unit, hydraulic f fluid and packaging in accordance with the national regulations in your country.Dispose of the hydraulic fluid in accordance with the applicable safety data fsheet for the hydraulic fluid.
Escaping or spilling hydraulic fluid!Environmental pollution and contamination of the ground water!
When filling and draining the hydraulic fluid, f always place a drip tray under the axial piston unit.Use an oil binding agent if hydraulic fluid is spilt. fObserve the information in the safety data sheet for the hydraulic flui f d and the specifications provided by the system manufacturer.
The warranty only applies to the delivered configuration. •The entitlement under warranty is rendered void if the product is incorrectly •installed, commissioned or operated, as well as in the case of improper use and/or handling.
14/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
Delivery contents
4 Delivery contents
2
2
11
2
Axial piston unit with service line ports at the side (left figure) and rear Fig. 1: (right figure)
Included in the delivery contents are:
Axial piston unit as per order confirmation •
The following parts are also installed on delivery:
Protective covers made of plastic ( • 1) (metal protective covers are used for painted axial piston units)Protective plug/threaded plug ( • 2)
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 15/52
Product description
Product description5
5.1 Performance descriptionAn axial piston fixed motor converts hydrostatic flow into mechanical rotation. It is designed for mobile and stationary applications.Refer to data sheet RE 91001 and the order confirmation for the technical data, operating conditions and operating limits of the axial piston unit.
5.2 Product descriptionThe A2FM is a fixed motor with axial tapered piston rotary group of bent-axis design for hydrostatic drives in open and closed circuits. For axial piston units with bent-axis design, the pistons are arranged diagonally with respect to the drive shaft. The pistons rest directly on the drive shaft where they generate a pressure-dependent torque.In the open circuit, the hydraulic fluid flows from the reservoir to the hydraulic pump from where it is transported via a directional valve to the hydraulic motor. From the hydraulic motor, the hydraulic fluid flows back to the reservoir via the directional valve. The output direction of rotation of the hydraulic motor can be changed by the directional valve.In the closed circuit, the hydraulic fluid returning from the hydraulic motor flows directly to the hydraulic pump. The output direction of rotation of the hydraulic motor is changed by reversing the flow direction in the hydraulic pump.
5.2.1 Assembly of the axial piston unit
1
5
4
3
2
Assembly of the A2FMFig. 2:
1 Drive shaft2 Piston3 Cylinder
Control plate4 5 Port plate
Open circuit
Closed circuit
16/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
Product description
Functional description5.2.2 A hydraulic motor converts hydrostatic energy into mechanical energy. Hydraulic fluid is directed via the port plate (5) and the control plate (4) to the cylinder bores. The pistons (2) in the cylinder bores execute a stroke which is converted into rotation by the piston at the drive shaft flange. During this process, the pistons move the cylinder (3) and generate an output torque at the drive shaft. The output torque increases with the pressure difference between the high- and low-pressure sides. The output speed is proportional to the inward flow and inversely proportional to the displacement of the hydraulic motor.
5.3 Product identificationThe axial piston unit can be identified from the name plate. The following example shows an A2FM name plate:
CNR:
MNR:SN:FD:
Rotation:
DE - 89275 Elchingen
Made in Germany
X1234567890Y
R90XXXXXXX SC: X12345678
Rexroth
2011W30m XXX kg
7202
Typ: A2FM80/61W-VAB010
1
2
7
34
56
12
11
109
8
A2FM name plate Fig. 3:
Manufacturer1 Sample category (optional)2 Internal plant designation3 Specified area for test stamp4 Direction of rotation (viewed on 5 drive shaft) – here: bi-directionalGround (optional)6
Bar code7 Production date8 Serial number9 Material number of 10 the axial piston unitOrdering code11 Customer material number12
Motor function
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 17/52
Transport and storage
6 Transport and storageMake sure you conform to the required ambient conditions during ftransportation and storage, see chapter 6.2 “Storing the axial piston unit”.
You can find unpacking notes in chapter 7.1 “Unpacking”.
Transporting the axial piston unit6.1 The transportation options below exist depending on the weight and duration of the transport:
Transporting by hand •Transporting with • lifting device (ring screw or lifting strap)
Table 6: Dimensions and weightsSize 5 10 12 16 23 28 32 45 56 63 80Ground kg 2.5 5.4 5.4 5.4 9.5 9.5 9.5 13.5 18 18 23
Width mm The dimensions vary with the unit type. The values applicable for your axial piston unit can be found in the installation drawing (request if necessary).
Height mmDepth mm
Size 90 107 125 160 180 200 250 355 500 710 1000Ground kg 23 32 32 45 45 66 73 110 155 325 336
Width mm The dimensions vary with the unit type. The values applicable for your axial piston unit can be found in the installation drawing (request if necessary).
Height mmDepth mm
The weight specifications may vary depending on the unit type.
Transporting by hand6.1.1 Axial piston units with a weight of up to 15 kg can be transported manually for a short time if necessary.
CAUTIOn! Danger from heavy loads!There is a danger of health damage when carrying axial piston units.
Use suitable lifting, placement and relocation equipment. fUse your personal protective equipment (e.g. safety glasses, safety gloves, fsuitable working clothes, safety shoes).
Do not transport the axial piston unit at sensitive attachment parts f(e.g. sensors or valves).Carefully place the axial piston unit on the seating to prevent it from being fdamaged.
Transporting with lifting device6.1.2 For transporting, the axial piston unit can be connected to a lifting device via a ring screw or a lifting strap.The axial piston unit can be transported suspended from a ring screw screwed into the drive shaft as long as only outward (pulling) axial forces are applied.
Dimensions and weights
Transport with ring screw
18/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
Transport and storage
For all female threads, use a threaded plug from the same system of units and fof the correct size.To do this, screw a ring screw completely into the thread on the drive shaft. fThe thread sizes is stated in the installation drawing.Make sure that the ring screw can bear the total weight of the axial piston unit fplus 20%.
You can hoist the axial piston unit as shown in Fig. 4 with the ring screw screwed into the drive shaft.
Fixing the ring screwFig. 4:
wARnInG! Danger from suspended loads!During transport with a lifting device, the axial piston unit can fall out of the lifting strap and cause injuries.
Use the widest possible lifting strap. fMake sure that the axial piston unit is securely fixated with the lifting strap. fOnly guide the axial piston unit by hand for fine positioning and to avoid foscillations.Never stand under or put you hands under suspended loads. f
Place the lifting strap around the axial piston unit in such a way that it passes fover neither the attachment parts (e.g. valves) nor such that the axial piston unit is hung from attachment parts (see Fig. 5).
Transport with lifting strapFig. 5:
Transport with lifting strap
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 19/52
Transport and storage
Storing the axial piston unit6.2 • The storage areas must be free from corrosive materials and gases.
To prevent damage to the seals, ozone-forming equipment (e.g. mercury-vapor •lamps, high voltage equipment, electric motors, sources of electrical sparks or electrical discharges) must not be operated in storage areas.The storage areas must be dry. •Ideal storage temperature: +5 °C to +20 °C. •Minimum storage temperature: -50 °C. •Maximum storage temperature: +60 °C. •Avoid high light irradiation (e.g. bright windows or direct fluorescent lighting). •Do not stack axial piston units and store them shock-proof. •Do not store the axial piston unit on sensitive attachment parts, e.g. speed •sensors.For other storage conditions, see table 7. •
Check the axial piston unit monthly to ensure proper storage. f
The axial piston units are provided ex-works with corrosion protection packaging (corrosion protection film).The following table lists the maximum permissible storage times for an originally packed axial piston unit as per data sheet RE 90312.Table 7: Storage time with factory corrosion protection
Storage conditions Standard corrosion protection
long-term corrosion protection
Closed, dry room, uniform temperature between +5 °C and +20 °C. Undamaged and closed corrosion protection film.
Maximum 12 months Maximum 24 months
The entitlement under warranty is rendered void if the requirements and storage conditions are not adhered to or after expiration of the maximum storage time (see table 7).
Procedure after expiration of the maximum storage time:
Check the entire axial piston unit for damage and corrosion prior to 1. installation.
Check the axial piston unit for proper function and leaks during a test run.2.
If the storage time exceeds 24 months, the shaft seal ring must be replaced.3.
After expiry of the maximum storage time, we recommend that you have the axial piston unit inspected by your responsible Bosch Rexroth Service partner.
In the event of questions regarding repair and spare parts, contact your responsible Bosch Rexroth Service partner or the service department of the manufacture’s plant for the axial piston unit, see chapter “10.5 Spare parts” for further information.
Requirement
After delivery
20/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
Transport and storage
If a dismounted axial piston unit is to be stored, it must be preserved against corrosion for the duration of the storage.
The following instructions only refer to axial piston units which are operated with a mineral-oil based hydraulic fluid. Other hydraulic fluids require preservation methods that are specifically designed for them. In such a case, consult with Bosch Rexroth Service, see chapter 10.5 “Spare parts” for address.
Bosch Rexroth recommends the following procedure:
Clean the axial piston unit, see chapter 10.1 “Cleaning and care”.1.
Empty the axial piston unit.2.
For storage time up to 12 months: Moisten the inside of the axial piston unit 3. with mineral oil and fill with approx. 100 ml mineral oil. For storage time up to 24 months: Fill the axial piston unit with corrosion protection medium VCI 329 (20 ml). Fill via the reservoir port T1 or T2, see chapter 7.4 “Installing the axial piston unit”, Fig. 12 to 15.
Seal all ports 4. airproof.
Moisten the unpainted surfaces of the axial piston unit with mineral oil or a 5. suitable, easily removed corrosion protection agent, e.g. acid-free grease.
Package the axial piston unit airproof together with desiccant in corrosion 6. protection film.
Store the axial piston unit so that it is protected against jolts, 7. see “Requirement” in this chapter.
After removal
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 21/52
Installation
7 InstallationPrior to installation, the following documents must be available:
Installation drawing for axial piston unit (can be obtained from your responsible •contact person at Bosch Rexroth)Hydraulic circuit diagram for the axial piston unit (in the installation drawing) •Hydraulic circuit diagram for the machine/system (available from the machine/ •system manufacturer)Order confirmation (contains the order-related technical data for your axial •piston unit)Data sheet of the axial piston unit (contains the permissible values of technical •data)
7.1 UnpackingThe axial piston unit is delivered in a corrosion protection film made of polyethylene material (PE).
CAUTIOn! Danger from parts falling out!If the packaging is not opened correctly, parts may fall out and damage the parts or even cause injuries!
Place the packaging on a flat and solid surface. fOnly open the packaging from the top. f
Remove the packaging from the axial piston unit. fCheck the axial piston unit for transport damage and completeness, fsee chapter 4 “Delivery contents”.Dispose of the packaging according to the environmental regulations of your fcountry.
7.2 Installation conditionsThe installation location and position of the axial piston unit essentially determine the procedures during installation and commissioning (such as when filling and air bleeding the axial piston unit).
Fix the axial piston unit so that the expected forces and torques can be ftransferred without any danger. The machine/system manufacturer is responsible for dimensioning the fasteners.Observe the permissible radial forces on the drive shaft when transferring foutput drive with radial loading (belt drives). If necessary, the belt pulley must be separately mounted.Make certain that the axial piston unit is air bled and filled with hydraulic fluid fduring commissioning and operation. This is also to be observed following relatively long standstill periods as the axial piston unit may empty via the hydraulic lines.The case drain fluid in the case interior must be directed to the tank via the fhighest case drain port. Use the line size which is appropriate for the port.Avoid using a check valve in the reservoir line. fException: above-reservoir installation, shaft upward. A check valve in the reservoir line (cracking pressure 0.5 bar) can prevent draining via the reservoir line. Note the correct flow direction.To achieve favorable noise values, decouple all connecting lines from all fvibration-capable components (e.g. reservoir) using elastic elements.
22/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
Installation
Make sure that the reservoir and return lines lead into the reservoir below the fminimum fluid level in all operating conditions. You prevent foam formation by doing this.Make sure that the working environment at the installation site is fully free of fdust and foreign substances. The axial piston unit must be installed in a clean condition. Dirt contamination in the hydraulic fluid can seriously impair the function and service life of the axial piston unit.Use lint-free cloths for cleaning. fUse suitable mild detergents to remove lubricants and other difficult-to-remove fcontamination. Cleaning agents must not enter the hydraulic system.
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 23/52
Installation
Installation position7.3 The following installation positions are permissible. The shown piping layout illustrates the basic layout.
With size 10 to 200 and installation position “shaft upward”, use motor with air bleed port R (optional). With size 250 to 1000, port U is provided as standard in the area near the bearings for air bleeding.
7.3.1 Below-reservoir installation (standard)Below-reservoir installation is when the axial piston unit is installed outside of the reservoir below the minimum fluid level.
T2
T1
1
T2
T1
2
T2
T1
3
T2
T1
4
R/U
ht min
hmin
ht min
hmin
ht min
hmin
ht min
hmin
Below-reservoir installation with installation positions 1–4Fig. 6:
T1, T2 Highest reservoir port ht min Minimum necessary immersion depth (200 mm)
R/U Air bleed hmin Minimum required distance to reservoir base (100 mm)
Below-reservoir installationTable 8: Installation position Air bleed Filling1 (drive shaft, horizontal) – T1
2 (drive shaft, horizontal) – T2
3 (drive shaft, vertically downward) – T1
4 (drive shaft vertically upward) R/U T2
24/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
Installation
Above-reservoir installation7.3.2 Above-reservoir installation is when the axial piston unit is installed above the minimum fluid level of the reservoir.
With installation position 8 (drive shaft upwards), also air bleed via flow port R/U.
Recommendation for installation position 8 (shaft upwards): a check valve in the case drain line (cracking pressure 0.5 bar) can prevent the case interior from draining.
5
T2
T1
L 1
T 2
T1
L 1 6
T2
T1L1
7
T2
T1
R/UL1
8
ht min
hmin
ht min
hmin
ht min
hmin
ht min
hmin
0.5
bar
Above-reservoir installation with installation positions 5–8Fig. 7:
T1, T2 Highest reservoir port ht min Minimum necessary immersion depth (200 mm)
l1 Filling / air bleeding hmin Minimum required distance to reservoir base (100 mm)R/U Air bleed
Above-reservoir installationTable 9: Installation position Air bleed Filling5 (drive shaft, horizontal) – T1 (L1)6 (drive shaft, horizontal) – T1 (L1)7 (drive shaft, vertically downward) – T1 (L1)8 (drive shaft vertically upward) R/U T1 (L1)
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 25/52
Installation
Installing the axial piston unit7.4
7.4.1 Preparation
Compare the material number and designation (ordering code) with the details 1. in the order confirmation.
If the material number for the axial piston unit does not correspond to the one in the order confirmation, contact Bosch Rexroth Service for clarification, see chapter “10.5 Spare parts” for address.
Before installing, completely empty the axial piston unit to prevent mixing with 2. the hydraulic fluid used in the machine/system.
L
R W
Fig. 8: Direction of rotation
w Bi-directional (counter-clockwise and clockwise rotation permissible)
l Counter-clockwise
R Clockwise
The direction of rotation as specified on the name plate, see chapter 5.3 “Identification of the product”, is the direction of rotation of the axial piston unit as viewed to the drive shaft.
7.4.2 DimensionsThe installation drawing contains the dimensions for all connections and ports on the axial piston unit. Also observe the manuals provided by the manufacturers of the other hydraulic components when selecting the required tools.
7.4.3 General instructionsPlease keep in mind the following general notes for installation of the axial piston unit:
Note that you can expect certain installation positions to affect the control •device. Because of gravity, dead weight and case pressure, minor characteristic displacements and actuating time changes may occur.After a short operating time, toothed belts lose a major portion of their pre- •tension and thus cause speed variations and torsional vibrations. Torsional vibrations may cause leakages on the shaft seal or increased rotary angle accelerations of the rotary group of the axial piston unit.
26/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
Installation
V-belt drives without automatic clamper are also critical with regard to speed •variations and torsional vibrations. These can also lead to leakages on the shaft seal ring. An automatic clamper can lessen the speed variations and vibrations and thus avoid consequential damage.
When using toothed belts or v-belts to transfer the input or output drive, –always use an automatic tensioning device.
On the input or output drive of an axial piston unit, a cardan shaft may cause •vibrations and impermissible rotary angle accelerations. Depending on the frequency and temperature, they may result in leakage on the shaft seal and damage to the rotary group.When multiple units are combined, make sure that the case pressure of •each unit is not exceeded. If there are pressure differences at the reservoir ports of the units, the complete reservoir line must be changed so that the lowest permissible case pressure of all connected units is not exceeded in any situation. If this is not possible, separate reservoir lines must be laid as required.
The installation method for the axial piston unit depends on the connecting elements to the output side. The following descriptions explain the installation of the axial piston unit:
with a coupling •on a gearbox •
7.4.4 Installation with couplingThe method for installing the axial piston unit with a coupling is described below:
nOTE! Danger from improper handling!Product can be damaged!
Do not install the coupling hub onto the drive shaft of the axial piston unit by fstriking it.
Install the specified coupling half onto the drive shaft of the axial piston unit 1. according to the instructions of the coupling manufacturer.
The drive shaft of the axial piston unit is equipped with a threaded bore. Use this threaded bore to pull the coupling element onto the drive shaft. The size of the threaded bore can be seen in the installation drawing.
Remove dirt and contaminants from the installation location.2.
Clamp the coupling hub onto the drive shaft or ensure permanent lubrication 3. of the drive shaft. This prevents the formation of frictional corrosion and the associated wear.
Transport the axial piston unit to the installation location.4.
Install the coupling on the drive shaft of the machine/system in accordance 5. with the specifications provided by the coupling manufacturer.
The axial piston unit may not be bolted down until the coupling has been correctly installed.
Fix the axial piston unit at the installation location.6.
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 27/52
Installation
Align the drive shaft of the axial piston unit and the drive shaft of the machine 7. or system so that there is no angular deviation.
Make certain that no impermissible axial and radial forces act on the drive 8. shaft.
Details on the required tools and tightening torques for the fixing screws are 9. available from the machine/system manufacturer.
When using flexible couplings, check that the output drive is free of resonance 10. after completing the installation.
7.4.5 Installation on a gearboxThe installation layout for the axial piston unit on a gearbox is described below.After installing on a gearbox, the axial piston unit is covered and is difficult to access:
Therefore, before installing, make sure that the centering spigot centers the faxial piston unit (observe tolerances) and that no impermissible axial or radial forces act on the drive shaft of the axial piston unit (installation length).Protect the drive shaft against frictional corrosion by providing permanent flubrication.Fix the axial piston unit at the installation location. f
No gearing forces higher than the permissible axial and radial forces are to act on the shaft, if necessary the gear wheel must be supported separately at the gearbox output.
Installation with cardan shaft7.4.6 To connect the axial piston unit to the engine via a cardan shaft:
Position the axial piston unit close to the specified installation location. 1. It should allow enough space for the cardan shaft to fit through on both sides.
Position the cardan shaft on the output shaft of the engine.2.
Push the axial piston unit to the cardan shaft and join the cardan shaft to the 3. drive shaft of the axial piston unit.
Bring the axial piston unit to the installation position and secure. Details on the 4. required tools and breakaway torques for the fixing screws can be obtained from the system manufacturer if required.
For attachment via gear wheel orhelically-toothed shaft
28/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
Installation
Completing 7.4.7 installation
Remove any mounted transport screws.1.
CAUTIOn! Operation with protective plug!Operating the axial piston unit with protective plugs may result in injuries or damage to the axial piston unit.
Before commissioning, remove all protective plugs and replace them with fsuitable, pressure-proof, metal threaded plugs.
Remove the transport protection. 2. The axial piston unit is delivered with protective covers (1) and protective plug (2). They are not pressure-resistant, therefore they have to be removed prior to connection. Use a suitable tool for this to prevent damage to the sealing and functional surfaces. If sealing or functional surfaces are damaged, contact your responsible Bosch Rexroth Service partner or the service department of the manufacture’s plant for the axial piston unit.
2
2
11
2
Fig. 9: Removing transport protection
Protective covers made of plastic 1 (metallic protective covers are used for painted axial piston units)
Protective plug/threaded plug2
Ports intended for connecting lines are covered by protective plugs or threaded plugs, which serve as transport protection. All ports required for functional operation must be connected (see table 12 “Ports A2FM/Series 6”). If this requirement is disregarded, malfunction or damage may result. If a port is not connected, it must be plugged with a threaded plug because protective plugs are not pressure-resistant.
The following information only applies to fixed motors with pressure-relief valve.
The adjusting screws are protected against unauthorized resetting by means of protective caps. Removal of the protective caps will void the warranty. If you need a modification of the setting, please contact your responsible Bosch Rexroth Service (address as to chapter “10.5 Spare parts”).
Hydraulically connecting the axial piston unit7.4.8 The machine/system manufacturer is responsible for dimensioning the lines. The axial piston unit must be connected to the rest of the hydraulic system
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 29/52
Installation
in accordance with the hydraulic circuit diagram of the machine/system manufacturer.The ports and fixing threads are designed for the maximum pressure specified in the data sheet. The machine/system manufacturer must ensure that the connecting elements and lines correspond to the specified application conditions (pressure, flow, hydraulic fluid, temperature) with the necessary safety factors.
Connect only hydraulic lines that are appropriate for the axial piston unit port (pressure level, size, system of units).
Observe the following notes when routing the pressure and reservoir lines.
Lines and hoses must be installed without pre-charge pressure, so that no •further mechanical forces are applied during operation that will reduce the service life of the axial piston unit and, if applicable, the entire machine/system.Use suitable seals as sealing material. •Pressure line •
For the pressure lines, use only pipes, hoses and connecting elements –rated for the operating pressure range specified in data sheet RE 91001 (see table 12).
Reservoir line •Always route the reservoir lines so that the case is constantly filled with –hydraulic fluid and to ensure that no air gets through the shaft seal even during extended standstill periods.The case internal pressure must not exceed the limit values listed for the axial –piston unit in the data sheet under any operating conditions.The reservoir line joint in the reservoir must always be below the minimum –fluid level under all conditions (see chapter “7.3 Installation position”).
The axial piston units are used in application areas with metric as well as with the Anglo-American (inch) system of units.Both the system of units as well as the size of threaded hole and threaded plug (e.g. locking screw) must match.Due to the limited options for visually detecting differences, there is a risk of mix-ups.
wARnInG! Leaking or popped-out threaded plugs!If a threaded plug which is of a different measurement system and size with respect to the female thread is pressurized, the threaded plug may loosen itself or even be ejected from the hole in a projectile-like manner. This can result in serious injury and damage to equipment. Hydraulic fluid can be discharged from this leakage point.
Use the drawings (installation drawing/data sheet) to determine the required fthreaded plug for each fitting.Make certain that there are no mix-ups when installing fittings, fixing screws fand threaded plugs.For all female threads, use a threaded plug from the same system of units and fof the correct size.
notes on routing the lines
Risk of mix-ups with threaded connections
30/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
Installation
Please note the following information concerning the version with port plate 192.
When screwing in and tightening the connection line to port f PSt, the nut (1) on the pressure-relief valve with pressure cut-in stage (2) must be braced with WAF 24. Observe the manufacturer’s instructions regarding tightening torques for the used connection line. The maximum permissible tightening torque at the threaded hole (40 Nm) must not be exceeded.
1
2
PSt
Brace nut at pressure-relief valveFig. 10:
The adjustment of the pressure-relief valve must not be changed. Changing the setting of the adjusting screw on the pressure-relief valve will render the warranty void.
Connecting line to pressure-relief valve with pressure cut-in stage
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 31/52
Installation
Observe the following notes concerning the version with counterbalance valve (port plate 181).When delivered, the counterbalance valve is attached to the motor using tacking screws (transport protection). The tacking screws must not be removed while fixing the service lines! If the counterbalance valve and motor are delivered separately, the counterbalance valve must first be attached to the motor port plate using the provided tacking screws. The final fastening of the counterbalance valve on the motor is performed by bolting the SAE flange with the following screws:6 screws (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8) length B1+B2+B3 2 screws (6, 7) length B3+B4Tighten the screws in two steps in the specified sequence from 1 to 8 (see diagram below).
In the first step, tighten the screws with half the tightening torque; in the fsecond step, tighten with the maximum tightening torque (see table 10).
Tightening torques of the fixing screwsTable 10: Thread Strength class Tightening torqueM6 x 1 (tacking screw) 10.9 15.5 NmM10 x 1.5 10.9 75 NmM12 x 1.75 10.9 130 NmM14 x 2 10.9 205 Nm
B4 B
3B
1B
2
15
84
37
62
YY1)
2)
2)
Y
1) SAE flange2) Tacking screw (M6 x 1, length = B1 + B2, DIN 912)
Fixing the counterbalance valveFig. 11:
The SAE flange and corresponding fixing screws are not included in the delivery contents.
Threaded sizes and dimensionsTable 11: Size 28, 32, 45 56, 63 80, 90 107, 125, 160, 180Dimension B11) M10 x 1.5
17 deepM10 x 1.517 deep
M12 x 1.7518 deep
M14 x 219 deep
Dimension B2 782) mm 68 mm 68 mm 85 mmDimension B3 customer-specific (flange-dependent)Dimension B4 M10 x 1.5
15 deepM10 x 1.515 deep
M12 x 1.7516 deep
M14 x 219 deep
Fixing thread according to DIN 13. For DIN 13 fixing screws, we recommend checking the tightening torque on a case-by-case basis according to VDI 2230 Edition 2003.1) Minimum required thread reach 1 x Ø thread2) Including intermediate plate
Fixing the counterbalance valve
32/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
Installation
Overview of ports A2FM, service line ports at rearFig. 12:
AB
T1T1
T2
T2
Overview of ports A2FM, service line ports at sideFig. 13:
T1
T2
T1
T2
BA
B
Overview of ports A2FM, service line ports at bottomFig. 14:
T1
T2
BMB
T2
S1
T1
B A
MA
PSt
PSt
Overview of ports A2FMFig. 15: with pressure relief valve, service line ports at bottom
Port overviewT1T1
BBA
T2
T2
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 33/52
Installation
Ports A2FM Series 6Table 12: Designation Port for Standard Maximum
pressure [bar]1)
State
A, B2) Service lineFixing thread A/B
SAE J5183) DIN 13
450 O
A, B4) Service line DIN 38525) 450 O
T1 Reservoir line (case drain fluid) DIN 38525) 10 X6)
T2 Reservoir line (case drain fluid) DIN 38525) 10 O6)
MA Measuring, pressure A DIN 38525) 450 X
MB Measuring, pressure B DIN 38525) 450 X
S1 Supply (only with port plate 191/192)
DIN 38525) 40 O
PSt Control port (only with port plate 192)
DIN ISO 2285) 30 O
1) Short term pressure spikes may occur depending on the application. Keep this in mind when selecting measuring devices and fittings.
2) Valid for sizes 23 to 1000 with SAE flange ports.3) Only dimensions in accordance with SAE J518, metric fixing thread deviating from the standard.4) Valid for sizes 5 to 32 with threaded ports.5) The countersink may be deeper that specified in the standard.6) Depending on installation position, either T1 or T2 must be connected (cf. chapter 7.3 “Installation position”)O = Must be connected (plugged on delivery)X = Plugged (in normal operation)
The following tightening torques apply:
Threaded hole of the axial piston unit: •The maximum permissible tightening torques MG max are maximum values of the threaded holes and must not be exceeded. For values, see the following table.Fittings: •Observe the manufacturer’s instructions regarding the tightening torques of the fittings used.Fixing screws: •For fixing screws with metric ISO thread according to DIN 13 or thread according to ASME B1.1, we recommend checking the tightening torque individually according to VDI 2230.Threaded plugs: •For the metallic threaded plugs supplied with the axial piston unit, the required tightening torques of threaded plugs MV apply. For values, refer to the following table.
Tightening torques
34/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
Installation
Tightening torques of the female threads and threaded plugsTable 13:
Ports Maximum permissible tightening torque of the threaded holes MG max
Required tightening torque of the threaded plugs MV
wAF hexagon socket for the threaded plugsStandard Thread size
DIN 3852 M10 x 1 30 Nm 12 Nm 5 mmM12 x 1.5 50 Nm 25 Nm 6 mmM14 x 1.5 80 Nm 35 Nm 6 mmM16 x 1.5 100 Nm 50 Nm 8 mmM18 x 1.5 140 Nm 60 Nm 8 mm
M22 x 1.5 210 Nm 80 Nm 10 mmM26 x 1.5 230 Nm 120 Nm 12 mmM27 x 2 330 Nm 135 Nm 12 mmM33 x 2 540 Nm 225 Nm 17 mmM42 x 2 720 Nm 360 Nm 22 mm
DIN ISO 228 G1/41) 40 Nm – –1) Connecting thread on pressure relief valve, see chapter 7.4.8 “Hydraulically connecting the axial piston unit”.
To connect the axial piston unit to the hydraulic system:
Remove the threaded plugs at the ports at which the connections are to be 1. made according to the hydraulic circuit diagram.
Make certain that the sealing surfaces of the hydraulic ports and functional 2. surfaces are not damaged.
Use only clean hydraulic lines or flush them before installation. (Observe 3. chapter 7.5 “Perform flushing cycle” when you flush the entire system.)
Connect the lines in accordance with the installation drawing and the machine 4. or system circuit diagram. Check whether all ports are piped up or plugged with threaded plugs.
Correctly tighten the union nuts for the fittings and flanges (observe tightening 5. torques!). Mark all correctly tightened fittings, e.g. with a permanent marker.
Check all6. pipes and hose lines and every combination of connecting pieces, couplings or connecting points with hoses or pipes to ensure they are in condition for safe working.
Relationship between direction of rotation and flow direction: clockwise rotation: A to B counter-clockwise rotation: B to A
7.5 Performing flushing cycleIn order to remove foreign particles from the system, Bosch Rexroth recommends a flushing cycle for the entire system. To avoid internal contamination, the axial piston unit must not be included in the flushing cycle.
The flushing cycle must be performed with an additional flushing unit. Follow the instructions of the flushing unit’s manufacturer for the exact procedure during the flushing cycle.
Procedure
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 35/52
Commissioning
8 Commissioning
wARnInGDanger while working in the danger zone of a machine/system!Danger to life, risk of injury or serious injuries!
Pay attention to and rectify potential danger sources before operating the faxial piston unit.Nobody may stand in the danger zone of the machine/system. fThe emergency stop button for the machine/system must be within the foperator’s reach.Always follow the instructions of the machine/system manufacturer during fcommissioning.
CAUTIOnCommissioning of an incorrectly installed product!Risk of injury and damage to equipment!You can injure yourself on incorrectly installed products or damage the product.
Make sure that all electrical and hydraulic ports are connected or plugged. fOnly commission a completely installed product. f
First 8.1 commissioningDuring all work for commissioning the axial piston unit, observe the general safety instructions and intended use in chapter 2 “Safety instructions”.
Connect the gauge for the operating pressure and case pressure to the fspecified measuring points on the axial piston unit or in the hydraulic system, to check the technical data at first operation.During the commissioning process, monitor the temperature of the hydraulic ffluid in the reservoir to ensure that it lies within the permissible viscosity limits.
Filling the axial piston unit8.1.1 Professional filling and air bleeding is necessary to prevent damage to the axial piston unit and to maintain correct function.
The axial piston unit should be filled with a filling unit (10 µm filter grade). The axial piston unit must not be operated while it is being filled by the filling unit.
Use only a hydraulic fluid that conforms to the following requirements:You can find details of the minimum requirements on hydraulic fluids in Bosch Rexroth data sheets RE 90220, RE 90221 and RE 90223. You can find the title of the data sheets in table 1 “Required and supplementary documentation”. You can find details of permissible and optimal viscosity in data sheet RE 91001.To ensure the functional reliability of the axial piston unit, cleanliness level 20/18/15 according to at least ISO 4406 is necessary for the hydraulic fluid. At very high hydraulic fluid temperatures (+90 °C to maximum +115 °C), cleanliness level 19/17/14 according to at least ISO 4406 is necessary. For permissible temperatures, see data sheet RE 91001.
36/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
Commissioning
Place a drip tray under the axial piston unit to collect any hydraulic fluid that 1. may escape.
nOTE! Contaminated hydraulic fluid!The cleanliness levels of hydraulic fluids on delivery do not normally conform to the requirements for our components.
Use a suitable filter system to filter hydraulic fluids during filling to minimize fsolid impurities and water in the hydraulic system.
Fill and air bleed the axial piston unit via the appropriate ports, see chapter 2. “7.3 Installation position”. The hydraulic lines of the system must also be filled.
nOTE! Damage to equipment due to improper lubrication!Product can be damaged or destroyed!
When using a shut-off valve in the reservoir line, makes sure that the input of fthe axial piston unit can only be started when the shut-off valves are open.
When using a shut-off valve in the reservoir line, only operate the axial piston 3. unit when the shut-off valves are open.
Testing the hydraulic fluid supply8.1.2 The axial piston unit must always have a sufficient supply of hydraulic fluid. For this reason, the supply of hydraulic fluid must be ensured at the start of the commissioning process.When you test the hydraulic fluid supply, constantly monitor the noise development and check the hydraulic fluid level in the reservoir. If the axial piston unit becomes louder (cavitation) or the case drain fluid is discharged with bubbles, this is an indication that the axial piston unit is not being sufficiently supplied with hydraulic fluid.Notes on troubleshooting can be found in chapter “14 Troubleshooting”.To test the hydraulic fluid supply:
Allow the axial piston unit to run at low speed and without load. Pay attention 1. to leakage and noise.
Check the axial piston unit’s reservoir line during the test. The case drain fluid 2. should not contain any bubbles.
Increase the load and check whether the operating pressure rises as 3. expected.
Carry out a leak test to ensure that the hydraulic system is sealed and can 4. withstand the maximum pressure.
At maximum pressure, check the case drain pressure at port 5. T1 or T2. Refer to data sheet RE 91001 for the permissible value.
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 37/52
Commissioning
8.1.3 Performing functional test
wARnInGIncorrectly connected axial piston unit!Mixing up the ports will lead to malfunctions (e.g. lift instead of lower) and thus to corresponding danger to persons and equipment!
Before the functional test, check whether the piping specified in the hydraulic fcircuit diagram has been installed.
Once you have tested the hydraulic fluid supply, you must perform a functional test on the machine/system. The functional test should be performed according to the instructions of the machine/system manufacturer.The axial piston unit is checked for functional capability before delivery according to the technical data. During commissioning, it must be ensured that the axial piston unit was installed properly in the machine/system.
After starting the engine, check in particular the specified pressures, fe.g. system pressure, boost pressure and case pressure.If necessary, disconnect the gauge and plug the ports with threaded plugs. f
8.2 Running-in phase
NOTEDamage to equipment by insufficient viscosity!An increased hydraulic fluid temperature may reduce the viscosity values by too much and damage the product!
Monitor the operating temperature during the running-in phase, fe.g. by measuring the case drain temperature.Reduce the loading (pressure, rpm) of the axial piston unit if impermissible foperating temperatures and/or viscosities occur.Operating temperatures that are too high indicate faults that have to be fanalyzed and cleared.
The bearings and sliding surfaces are subject to a running-in phase. The increased friction at the start of the running-in phase results in increased heat development which decreases with increasing operating hours. The volumetric and mechanical-hydraulic efficiency increases as well through the conclusion of the running-in phase of approx. 10 operating hours.To ensure that contamination in the hydraulic system does not damage the axial piston unit, Bosch Rexroth recommends the following procedure after the running-in phase:
After the running-in phase, have a hydraulic fluid specimen analyzed for the frequired cleanliness level.Change the hydraulic fluid if the required cleanliness level is not reached. fIf a laboratory test is not carried out after the running-in phase, Bosch Rexroth recommends the hydraulic fluid be changed.
38/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
Commissioning
8.3 Recommissioning after standstillDepending on the installation conditions and ambient conditions, changes may occur in the hydraulic system which make recommissioning necessary.Among others, the following criteria may make recommissioning necessary:
Air and/or water in the hydraulic system •Old hydraulic fluid •Other contamination •
Before recommissioning, proceed as described in chapter 8.1 f“First commissioning”.
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 39/52
Operation
9 OperationThe product is a component which requires no settings or changes during operation. For this reason, this chapter of the manual does not contain any information on adjustment options. Use the product only within the performance range provided in the technical data. The machine/system manufacturer is responsible for the proper project planning of the hydraulic system and its control.
40/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
Maintenance and repair
10 Maintenance and repair
NOTEInspection and maintenance work carried out too late!Damage to equipment!
Carry out the specified inspection and maintenance work at the intervals fdescribed in this manual.
10.1 Cleaning and care
NOTEDamage to seals and electrical system by mechanical effects!The water jet of a power washer may damage the seals and electrical system of the axial piston unit!
Do not point the power washer at sensitive components, e.g. shaft seal, felectrical connections and components.
For cleaning and care of the axial piston unit, observe the following:
Check whether all seals and fittings on the connections are securely seated fto ensure that no moisture can penetrate into the axial piston unit during cleaning.Use only water and, if necessary, a mild detergent to clean the axial piston funit. Never use solvents or aggressive detergents.Remove external coarse dirt and keep sensitive and important components, fsuch as solenoids, valves, displays and sensors, clean.
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 41/52
Maintenance and repair
10.2 InspectionIn order to enable long and reliable operation of the axial piston unit, Bosch Rexroth recommends testing the hydraulic system and axial piston unit on a regular basis, and documenting and archiving the following operating conditions:
Inspection scheduleTable 14: Task to be carried out IntervalHydraulic system
Check level of hydraulic fluid in the reservoir. Daily
Check the operating temperature at a comparable load condition at the reservoir port and in the reservoir.
Weekly
Conduct analysis of hydraulic fluid: viscosity, aging and dirt contamination
Yearly or every 2000 operating hours (whichever occurs first)
Axial piston unit Check axial piston unit for leakage. Early detection of hydraulic fluid loss can help to find errors on the machine/system and to rectify them. For this reason, Bosch Rexroth recommends that the axial piston unit and system are always kept in a clean condition.
Daily
Check axial piston unit for unusual noise development.
Daily
Check fasteners for tight seating. All fasteners have to be checked when the hydraulic system is switched off, depressurized and cooled down.
Monthly
10.3 MaintenanceThe axial piston unit is low maintenance when used properly.The service life of the axial piston unit is heavily dependent on the quality of the hydraulic fluid. For this reason, we recommend changing the hydraulic fluid at least once per year or every 2000 operating hours (which ever occurs first) or having it analyzed by the hydraulic fluid manufacturer or a laboratory to determine its suitability for further use.The service life of the axial piston unit is limited by the service life of the bearings fitted. The service life based on the load cycle can be requested from the responsible Bosch Rexroth Service partner, see chapter 10.5 “Spare parts” for address. Based on these details, a maintenance period is to be determined by the system manufacturer for the replacement of the bearings and included in the maintenance schedule of the hydraulic system.
10.4 RepairBosch Rexroth offers a comprehensive range of services for the repair of Rexroth axial piston units.Repairs on the axial piston unit may only be performed by service centers certified by Bosch Rexroth.
Use exclusively original spare parts from Rexroth to repair the Rexroth axial fpiston units, otherwise the functional reliability of the axial piston unit can not be assured and you lose your entitlement under warranty.
In the event of questions regarding repair, contact your responsible Bosch Rexroth Service partner or the service department of the manufacture’s plant for the axial piston unit, see chapter “10.5 Spare parts” for further information.
42/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
Maintenance and repair
10.5 Spare parts
CAUTIOnUse of unsuitable spare parts!Spare parts that do not meet the technical requirements specified by Bosch Rexroth may cause personal injury or property damage!
Use exclusively original spare parts from Rexroth to repair the Rexroth axial fpiston units, otherwise the functional reliability of the axial piston unit can not be assured and you lose your entitlement under warranty.
The spare parts lists for axial piston units are order specific. When ordering spare parts, quote the material and serial number of the axial piston unit as well as the material numbers of the spare parts.Address all questions regarding spare parts to your responsible Bosch Rexroth Service partner or the service department of the manufacture’s plant for the axial piston unit.Details on the manufacture’s plant are available on the axial piston unit’s name plate.
Bosch Rexroth AG Glockeraustraße 4 D-89275 Elchingen, Germany Tel. +49-7308-82-0 Fax +49-711-811-513-9382 [email protected]
Bosch Rexroth AG An den Kelterwiesen 14 72160 Horb a.N., Germany Tel. +49-7451-92-0 Fax +49-711-811-513-9382 [email protected] For the addresses of foreign subsidiaries, please refer to www.boschrexroth.com/addresses
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 43/52
Removal and replacement
11 Removal and replacement
Required 11.1 toolsRemoval can be performed using standard tools. No special tools are necessary.
11.2 Preparing for removalDecommission the entire system as described in the instruction manual for the 1. machine or system.
Relieve pressure in the hydraulic system according to the instructions of the –machine or system manufacturer.Make certain that the relevant system components are not under pressure –or voltage.
Protect the complete system against being energized.2.
11.3 Removing the axial piston unitProceed as follows to remove the axial piston unit:
Check whether the hydraulic system is depressurized.1.
Allow the axial piston unit to cool down until it can be removed without danger.2.
For below-reservoir installation, before removing the axial piston unit from the 3. complete system, seal the connection to the reservoir or drain the reservoir.
Place a drip tray under the axial piston unit to collect any hydraulic fluid that 4. may escape.
Loosen the lines and collect the escaping hydraulic fluid in the drip tray.5.
Remove the axial piston unit. Use a suitable lifting device.6.
Completely empty the axial piston unit.7.
Plug all openings.8.
Preparing the components for storage or further use11.4 Proceed as described in chapter “6.2 Storing the axial piston unit”. f
44/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
Disposal
12 DisposalCareless disposal of the axial piston unit, the hydraulic fluid and the packaging material could lead to pollution of the environment.Observe the following points when disposing of the axial piston unit:
Completely empty the axial piston unit.1.
Dispose of the axial piston unit and packaging material in accordance with the 2. national regulations in your country.
Dispose of the hydraulic fluid according to the national regulations of your 3. country. Also observe the applicable safety data sheet for the hydraulic fluid.
Remove the axial piston unit into its individual parts and properly recycle these 4. parts.
Separate according to, for instance:5. Cast parts –Steel –Aluminum –Non-ferrous metal –Electronic waste –Plastic –Seals –
Extension and 13 conversionDo not modify the axial piston unit.
The Bosch Rexroth warranty only applies for the delivered configuration. In case of conversion or extension, the entitlement under warranty will be rendered void.
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 45/52
Troubleshooting
14 TroubleshootingThe following table may assist you in troubleshooting. The table makes no claim for completeness.In practical use, problems which are not listed here may also occur.
How to proceed for troubleshooting14.1 Always act systematically and targeted, even under pressure of time. Random fand imprudent removal and a readjustment of settings could result in the inability to ascertain the original failure cause.First obtain a general overview of how your product works in conjunction with fthe entire system.Try to determine whether the product worked properly in conjunction with the fentire system before the error occurred.Try to determine any changes of the entire system in which the product is fintegrated
Were there any changes to the product’s application conditions or operating –range?Has maintenance work recently been carried out? Is there an inspection or –maintenance log?Were changes (e.g. conversions) or repairs made to the complete system –(machine/system, electrics, control) or on the product? If yes, which?Has the hydraulic fluid been changed? –Was the product or machine operated as intended? –How did the malfunction appear? –
Try to get a clear idea of the error cause. Directly ask the (machine) operator. fDocument the work carried out. fIf you cannot rectify the error, contact one of the contact addresses which can fbe found under: www.boschrexroth.com/addresses.
46/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
Troubleshooting
14.2 Malfunction table
Axial piston unit malfunction tableTable 15:
Fault Possible cause Remedy
Unusual noises Output speed too high. Machine/system manufacturer.
Improper fixing of the axial piston unit. Check the fixing of the axial piston unit according to the specifications of the machine/system manufacturer. Observe tightening torques.
Improper fixing of the attachment parts, e.g. coupling and hydraulic lines.
Fix attachment parts according to the information provided by the coupling or fitting manufacturer.
Mechanical damage to the axial piston unit (e.g. bearing damage).
Exchange axial piston unit, contact Bosch Rexroth Service.
Pressure/flow fluctuations Axial piston unit not or insufficiently air bled. Completely air bleed axial piston unit.
Operational data not achieved Insufficient flow at hydraulic pump. Check function of the hydraulic pump.
Hydraulic fluid not in optimum viscosity range.
Use suitable hydraulic fluid (machine/system manufacturer).
Wear of axial piston unit. Exchange axial piston unit, contact Bosch Rexroth Service.
Mechanical damage to the axial piston unit (e.g. bearing damage).
Exchange axial piston unit, contact Bosch Rexroth Service.
Excessive hydraulic fluid temperature and case temperature
Excessive inlet temperature at the axial piston unit.
Machine or system manufacturer: inspect system, e.g malfunction of the cooler, insufficient hydraulic fluid in the tank.
Malfunction of the pressure control valves (e.g. high-pressure relief valve, pressure cut-off, pressure controller).
Contact Bosch Rexroth Service.
Output speed too high. Machine/system manufacturer.
Malfunction of the flushing valve. Contact Bosch Rexroth Service.
Wear of axial piston unit. Exchange axial piston unit, contact Bosch Rexroth Service.
Instability/vibrations Target value not stable. Machine/system manufacturer.
Resonance in the reservoir line. Machine/system manufacturer.
Malfunction of the control devices or the controller.
Contact Bosch Rexroth Service.
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 47/52
Technical data
15 Technical dataThe permissible values of the technical data of your axial piston unit can be found in data sheet RE 91001.The data sheet can be found on the internet atwww.boschrexroth.com/axial-piston-motors
The order-related technical data of your axial piston unit can be found in the order confirmation.
Appendix16
16.1 Address directoryFor the addresses of foreign subsidiaries, please refer to www.boschrexroth.com/addresses
48/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
Alphabetical index
AAbbreviations 7Address directory 47Assembly 15
BBelow-reservoir installation 23
CCare 40Circuit
closed 15open 15
Cleaning 40Commissioning 35
First 35Connecting
Hydraulic 28Conversion 44Corrosion protection 19Corrosion protection film 19Cylinder 15
DDamage to equipment 12Delivery contents 14Designations 7Dimensions 17, 25Direction of rotation 25Disposal 44Drive shaft 15
FFilling 35Flushing cycle 34Functional description
Motor function 16Functional test 37
IIdentification 16Inspection 41Installation 21, 25
Completing 28General instructions 25On a gearbox 27Preparation 25With coupling 26
Installation conditions 21Installation Position
Below-reservoir installation 23Instructions
General 25Intended use 8
lLifting device 17Lifting strap 18
MMaintenance 40, 41Malfunction table 46
nName plate 16
OOperation 39
PPerformance description 15Piston 15Port overview 32Port plate 15Product description 15
QQualifications 9
RRecommissioning 38
After standstill 38Removal 43
Performing 43Preparing 43
Repair 41Replacement 43Required documentation 5Ring screw 17Running-in phase 37
SSafety instructions 8
General 9Product-specific 10Signal word 6
Spare parts 42Storage 17Storage time 19Storing 19Symbols 7
Alphabetical index17
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 49/52
Alphabetical index
TTechnical data 47Tightening torques 33Tools 43Transport 17
With lifting strap 18With ring screw 17
Transporting 17Transport protection 28Troubleshooting 45
UUnpacking 21
wWarranty 19, 35, 44Warranty rights 28Weights 17
50/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FM Series 6 | RE 91001-01-B/08.2011
RE 91001-01-B/08.2011 | A2FM Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 51/52
Bosch Rexroth AGAxial piston unitsGlockeraustrasse 489275 ElchingenGermanyTel. +49-7308-82-0Fax [email protected]/axial-piston-motors
Subject to changePrinted in GermanyRE 91001-01-B/08.2011
Bosch Rexroth AGAxial piston unitsAn den Kelterwiesen 1472160 Horb a.N.GermanyTel. +49-7451-92-0Fax [email protected]/axial-piston-motors
Instruction manual
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011Replaces: –.–English
Axial Piston Fixed Pump A2FOSeries 6
The data specified above serve to describe the product. Should information be provided on use, these are only examples of applications and suggestions. Information from the catalog are not assured properties. The information given does not release the user from the obligation of own judgment and verification. Our products are subject to a natural wear and aging process.
© This document, as well as the data, specifications and other information set forth in it, are the exclusive property of Bosch Rexroth AG.It may not be reproduced or given to third parties without its consent.
The cover shows an example application. The product delivered may differ from the image on the cover.
The original instruction manual was created in the German language.
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 3/52
Contents1 About this manual .....................................................................................51.1 Validity of the documentation ......................................................................51.2 Required and supplementary documentation .............................................51.3 Display of information .................................................................................61.3.1 Safety instructions .......................................................................................61.3.2 Symbols ......................................................................................................71.3.3 Designations ...............................................................................................71.3.4 Abbreviations ..............................................................................................72 Safety instructions ....................................................................................82.1 About this chapter .......................................................................................82.2 Intended use ...............................................................................................82.3 Improper use ...............................................................................................82.4 Personnel qualifications ..............................................................................92.5 General safety instructions ..........................................................................92.6 Product-specific safety instructions ...........................................................102.7 Personal protective equipment ..................................................................113 General instructions on damage to equipment and the product .......124 Delivery contents ....................................................................................145 Product description ................................................................................155.1 Performance description ...........................................................................155.2 Product description ...................................................................................155.2.1 Assembly of the axial piston unit ...............................................................155.2.2 Functional description ...............................................................................165.3 Product identification .................................................................................166 Transport and storage ............................................................................176.1 Transporting the axial piston unit ..............................................................176.1.1 Transporting by hand ................................................................................176.1.2 Transporting with lifting device ..................................................................176.2 Storing the axial piston unit .......................................................................197 Installation ...............................................................................................217.1 Unpacking .................................................................................................217.2 Installation conditions ................................................................................217.3 Installation position ....................................................................................237.3.1 Below-reservoir installation (standard) ......................................................237.3.2 Above-reservoir installation .......................................................................247.4 Installing the axial piston unit ....................................................................257.4.1 Preparation ................................................................................................257.4.2 Dimensions ...............................................................................................257.4.3 General instructions ..................................................................................257.4.4 Installation with coupling ...........................................................................267.4.5 Installation on a gearbox ...........................................................................277.4.6 Installation with cardan shaft .....................................................................277.4.7 Completing installation ..............................................................................287.4.8 Hydraulically connecting the axial piston unit ............................................297.5 Performing flushing cycle ..........................................................................338 Commissioning .......................................................................................348.1 First commissioning ..................................................................................348.1.1 Filling the axial piston unit .........................................................................348.1.2 Testing the hydraulic fluid supply ..............................................................358.1.3 Performing functional test .........................................................................368.2 Running-in phase ......................................................................................368.3 Recommissioning after standstill ...............................................................379 Operation .................................................................................................38
Contents
4/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
10 Maintenance and repair ..........................................................................3910.1 Cleaning and care .....................................................................................3910.2 Inspection ..................................................................................................4010.3 Maintenance ..............................................................................................4010.4 Repair ........................................................................................................4010.5 Spare parts ................................................................................................4111 Removal and replacement ......................................................................4211.1 Required tools ...........................................................................................4211.2 Preparing for removal ................................................................................4211.3 Removing the axial piston unit ..................................................................4211.4 Preparing the components for storage or further use ...............................4212 Disposal ...................................................................................................4313 Extension and conversion .....................................................................4314 Troubleshooting ......................................................................................4414.1 How to proceed for troubleshooting ..........................................................4414.2 Malfunction table .......................................................................................4515 Technical data .........................................................................................4716 Appendix ..................................................................................................4716.1 Address directory ......................................................................................4717 Alphabetical index ..................................................................................48
Contents
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 5/52
About this manual
About this manual1
Validity of the documentation1.1 This documentation is valid for the following product:
Axial piston fixed pump A2FO Series 6 •
This documentation is intended for machine/system manufacturers, fitters and service technicians.This documentation contains important information on the safe and appropriate installation, transport, commissioning, operation, maintenance, removal and simple troubleshooting of the axial piston unit.
Read this documentation completely and in particular chapter 2 ”Safety finstructions“ and chapter 3 ”General instructions on damage to equipment and the product“, before working with the axial piston unit.
1.2 Required and supplementary documentationOnly commission the axial piston unit if the documentation marked with the fbook symbol is available to you and you have understood and observed it.
Required and supplementary documentationTable 1: Title Document number Document typeOrder confirmationContains the order-related technical data of your axial piston fixed pump A2FO.
– Order confirmation
Installation drawingContains the outer dimensions, all connections and the hydraulic circuit diagram for your axial piston fixed pump A2FO.
Please request the installation drawing via your contact person at Bosch Rexroth.
Installation drawing
Axial piston fixed pump A2FOContains the permissible technical data.
RE 91401 Data sheet
Mineral-oil based hydraulic fluid and related hydrocarbonsDescribes the requirements on a mineral-oil based hydraulic fluid and related hydrocarbons for the operation with Rexroth hydraulic components, and assists you in selecting a hydraulic fluid for your hydraulic system.
RE 90220 Data sheet
Environmentally acceptable hydraulic fluidsDescribes the requirements on an environmentally acceptable hydraulic fluid for operation with Rexroth hydraulic components and assists you in selecting a hydraulic fluid for your hydraulic system.
RE 90221 Data sheet
Axial piston units for operation with HF hydraulic fluidsContains additional information on the use of Rexroth axial piston units with HF hydraulic fluids.
RE 90223 Data sheet
Information of the use of hydrostatic drives at low temperaturesContains additional information on the use of Rexroth axial piston units at low temperatures.
RE 90300-03-B Manual
Storage and preservation of axial piston unitsContains additional information on storage and preservation.
RE 90312 Data sheet
6/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
About this manual
Display of information 1.3 Standardized safety instructions, symbols, terms and abbreviations are used so that you can use this documentation to work quickly and safely with your axial piston unit. To give you a better understanding they are explained in the sections below.
Safety instructions1.3.1 Safety instructions are contained in this documentation in chapter 2.6 ”Product-specific safety instructions“ and chapter 3 ”General instructions on damage to equipment and the product“ as well as before a sequence or instruction whenever there is a risk of injury to persons or damage to equipment. The described danger prevention measures must be observed.Safety instructions are set out as follows:
SIGnAl wORDType and source of dangerConsequences with noncompliance
Measure for danger prevention f<List> f
Safety sign: • draws attention to the dangerSignal word: • identifies the degree of the dangerType and source of danger: • identifies the type and source of the dangerConsequences: • describes what occurs if the safety instructions are not complied withPrecautions: • states how the danger can be avoided
Danger classes in accordance with AnSI Z535.6-2006Table 2:
Safety sign, signal word Meaning
DAnGER Identifies a dangerous situation that will result in death or serious injuries if it is not avoided.
wARnInG Identifies a dangerous situation that may result in death or serious injuries if it is not avoided.
CAUTIOn Identifies a dangerous situation that may result in minor to moderate injuries if it is not avoided.
NOTE Damage to equipment: the product or the environment may be damaged.
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 7/52
About this manual
1.3.2 SymbolsThe following symbols mark notes that are not safety-relevant but which increase the understanding of the documentation.
Meaning of the symbolsTable 3: Symbol Meaning
If this information is disregarded, the product can not be used and/or operated to the optimum extent.
f Single, independent step
1.
2.
3.
Numbered instruction:The numbers specify that the steps are completed one after the other.
1.3.3 DesignationsThis documentation uses the following designations:
DesignationsTable 4: Designation MeaningA2FO Axial piston fixed pump, open circuit
Screw plug Metal screw, pressure-resistant
Protective plug Made out of plastic, not pressure-resistant, only for transportation
As umbrella term for ”Axial piston fixed pump A2FO“, the designation ”axial piston unit“ will be used in the following.
1.3.4 AbbreviationsThis documentation uses the following abbreviations:
AbbreviationsTable 5: Abbreviation MeaningDIN Deutsche Industrie norm (German Institute for Standardization)ISO International Organization for StandardizationRE Rexroth document in the English languageVDI 2230 Directive for the systematic calculation of high duty bolted
joints and joints with one cylindrical bolt from the VDI (Verein Deutscher Ingenieure – Association of German Engineers)
8/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
Safety instructions
2 Safety instructions
About this chapter2.1 The axial piston unit has been manufactured according to the generally accepted rules of current technology. There is, however, still a danger of personal injury or damage to equipment if this chapter and the safety instructions in this documentation are not complied with.
Read this documentation completely and thoroughly before working with the faxial piston unit.Keep this documentation in a location where it is accessible to all users at all ftimes.Always include the required documentation when you pass the axial piston funit on to third parties.
2.2 Intended useAxial piston units are hydraulic components, meaning that in their application they are classified neither as complete nor as incomplete machines in the sense of the EU machine directive 2006/42/EC. A component is exclusively intended to form an incomplete or a complete machine together with other components. The component may only be commissioned after it has been installed in the machine/system for which it is intended and the safety of the entire system has been established in accordance with the machine directive.The product is intended for the following use:The axial piston unit is only approved as a pump for hydrostatic drives in open circuit.
Observe the technical data, application and operating conditions and fperformance limits as specified in data sheet RE 91401 and in the order confirmation. Information about approved hydraulic fluids can be found in data sheet RE 91401.
The axial piston unit is only intended for professional use and not for private use.Intended use includes having completely read and understood this documentation, especially chapter 2 ”Safety instructions“.
Improper use2.3 Any use other than that described as intended use shall be considered as improper and is therefore impermissible.Bosch Rexroth AG shall accept no liability whatsoever for damage resulting from improper use. The user shall bear all risks arising from improper use.Similarly, the following foreseeable faulty usages are also considered to be not as intended:
Using outside the operating parameters approved in the data sheet (unless •customer-specific approval has been granted)Use for non-approved fluids • , e.g. water or polyurethane componentsModification of factory settings by non-authorized persons •Use of add/on parts (e.g. mountable filter, control unit, valves) that are not •specified Rexroth componentsUsing the axial piston unit under water at a depth of more than 10 meters •without necessary additional measures, e.g. pressure equalization
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 9/52
Safety instructions
Using the axial piston unit when the exterior pressure is greater than the interior •pressure (case pressure)Using the axial piston unit in explosive environments unless the component or •machine/system has been certified as compliant with the ATEX directive 94/9/ECUsing the axial piston unit in an aggressive atmosphere •Using the axial piston unit in aircraft or space craft •
2.4 Personnel qualificationsThe activities described in this documentation require basic mechanical, electrical and hydraulic knowledge, as well as knowledge of the associated technical terms. For transporting and handling the product, additional knowledge is necessary with regard to working with a lifting device and the corresponding attachment equipment. In order to ensure safe use, these activities may therefore only be carried out by appropriate qualified personnel or an instructed person under the direction and supervision of qualified personnel.Qualified personnel are those who can recognize possible hazards and institute the appropriate safety measures due to their professional training, knowledge, and experience, as well as their understanding of the relevant regulations pertaining to the work to be done. Qualified personnel must observe the rules relevant to the subject area and have the necessary hydraulic knowledge.Hydraulic knowledge means, for instance:
reading and fully understanding hydraulic plans, •fully understanding in particular the interrelationships regarding safety devices, •andhaving knowledge on the function and assembly of hydraulic components. •
Bosch Rexroth offers training support for special fields. You can find an overview of the training contents on the Internet at: http://www.boschrexroth.de/didactic.
2.5 General safety instructionsObserve the applicable accident prevention and environmental protection •regulations.Observe the safety regulations and provisions of the country in which the •product is used/operated.Use Rexroth products only when they are in good technical order and condition. •Observe all notes on the product. •Persons who install, operate, remove or maintain Rexroth products must not •consume any alcohol, drugs or pharmaceuticals that may affect their ability to respond.Only use Rexroth original accessories and spare parts to ensure there is no risk •to persons from unsuitable spare parts.Conform to the technical data and ambient conditions specified in the product •documentation.If unsuitable products are installed or used in applications that are of relevance •to safety, unexpected operating conditions may occur in the application which could result in injury to persons or property damage. For this reason, only use the product in a safety-relevant application if this use is expressly specified and permitted in the product documentation, for example in ex-protection applications or in safety-related parts of a control system (functional safety).
10/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
Safety instructions
You may only commission the product if it has been determined that the end •product (e.g. machinery or a system) into which the Rexroth products are installed complies with the country-specific provisions, safety regulations and standards of the application.A separate pressure relief valve is to be provided in the hydraulic system. •
2.6 Product-specific safety instructionsThe following safety instructions apply for chapters 6 to 14.
wARnInGDanger from suspended loads!Danger to life or risk of injury, damage to equipment!Improper transportation may cause the axial piston unit to fall down lead to injuries e.g. crushing or broken bones or damage to the product.
Make certain that the forklift truck or lifting device has adequate lifting fcapacity.Never stand under or put you hands under suspended loads. fEnsure your position is stable during transportation. fUse your personal protective equipment (e.g. safety glasses, safety gloves, fsuitable working clothes, safety shoes).Use suitable lifting devices for transportation. fObserve the prescribed position of the lifting strap. fObserve the national laws and regulations on work and health protection fand transportation.
Pressurized machine/system!Danger to life or risk of injury, serious injuries when working on machines/systems not shutdown! Damage to equipment!
Protect the complete system against being energized. fMake sure that the machine/system is depressurized. Please follow the fmachine/system manufacturer’s instructions.Do not disconnect any line connections, connections and components when fthe machine/system is pressurized.Switch off all power-transmitting components and connections (electric, fpneumatic, hydraulic) in accordance with the manufacturer’s instruction and secure them against being switched back on.
Escaping oil mist!Danger of explosion, danger of fire, allergic reactions, environmental pollution!
Depressurize the machine/system and repair the leak. fOnly perform welding work then the machine/system is depressurized. fKeep open flames and ignition sources away from the axial piston unit. fIf axial piston units are to be situated in the vicinity of ignition sources or fpowerful thermal radiators, a shield must be erected to ensure that any escaped hydraulic fluid can not ignite, and to protect hose lines from premature aging.
Electrical voltage!Risk of injury due to electric shock or damage to equipment!
Always set up the relevant part of the machine/system so that it is free of felectrical voltage before you install the product or when connecting and disconnecting plugs. Protect the machine/system against being energized.
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 11/52
Safety instructions
CAUTIOnHigh noise development in operation!Danger of hearing damage, deafness!The noise emission of axial piston units depends on speed, operating pressure and installation conditions. The sound pressure level may rise above 70 dBA during normal application conditions.
Always wear hearing protection when in the vicinity of the operating axial fpiston unit.
Hot surfaces on the axial piston unit!Risk of burns!
Allow the axial piston unit to cool down sufficiently before touching it. fWear heat-resistant protective clothing, e.g. gloves. f
Improper routing of cables and lines!Tripping hazard and damage to equipment!
Lay cables and lines so that they can not be damaged and nobody can trip fover them.
Contact with hydraulic fluid!Hazard to health/health impairment e.g. eye injuries, skin damage, toxication during inhalation!
Avoid contact with hydraulic fluids. fWhen working with hydraulic fluids, strictly observe the safety instructions fprovided by the lubricant manufacturer.Use your personal protective equipment (e.g. safety glasses, safety gloves, fsuitable working clothes, safety shoes).If hydraulic fluid should, nevertheless, come into contact with your eyes or fbloodstream or is swallowed, consult a doctor immediately.
Escaping hydraulic fluid due to machine/system leakage!Risk of burns and risk of injury due to escaping oil jet!
Depressurize the machine/system and repair the leak. fUse an oil binding agent if hydraulic fluid is spilt. fNever attempt to block or seal the leak or oil jet with a cloth. f
Personal protective equipment2.7 The personal protective equipment is the responsibility of the user of the axial piston unit. Observe the safety regulations and provisions of your country.All components of the personal protective equipment must be intact.
12/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
General instructions on damage to equipment and the product
General instructions on 3 damage to equipment and the product
The following notes apply for chapters 6 to 14.
NOTEDanger from improper handling!Product can be damaged!
Do not expose the product to an impermissible mechanical load. fNever use the product as a handle or step. fDo not place/lay any objects on the product. fDo not strike the drive shaft of the axial piston unit. fDo not set/place the axial piston unit on the drive shaft. fDo not strike sensitive fittings (e.g. sensors or valves). fDo not strike sealing surfaces (e.g. service line ports). fLeave the protective covers on the axial piston unit until shortly before the flines are connected.
Damage to equipment due to improper lubrication!Product can be damaged or destroyed!
Never operate the axial piston unit with insufficient hydraulic fluid. Make sure fin particular that the rotary group has sufficient lubrication.When commissioning a machine/system, make sure that the case interior fand the service lines of the axial piston unit are filled with hydraulic fluid and remain filled during operation. Air intrusions in the forward drive shaft bearing are to be prevented, especially with the installation position ”drive shaft upwards“.Check the hydraulic fluid level in the case interior regularly; if necessary, frecommission. With above-reservoir installation, the case interior may drain via the reservoir line after longer standstill periods (air enters via the shaft seal) or via the service line (gap leakage). The bearings are thus insufficiently lubricated at switch on.Make certain that the suction line is always filled with hydraulic fluid during fcommissioning and operation.
Mixing of hydraulic fluids!Product can be damaged!
Before installation, remove all fluids from the axial piston unit to prevent fmixing with the hydraulic fluid used in the machine/system.Any mixing of hydraulic fluids of different manufacturers or different types fof the same manufacturer is not permissible in general.
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 13/52
General instructions on damage to equipment and the product
NOTEContamination of the hydraulic fluid!The cleanliness of the hydraulic fluid has a considerable impact on the cleanliness and service life of the hydraulic system. Premature wear and malfunctions!
Make sure that the working environment at the installation site is fully free fof dust and foreign substances in order to prevent contaminants, such as welding beads or metal cuttings, from getting into the hydraulic lines and causing product wear or malfunctions. The axial piston unit must be installed in a clean condition.Use only clean connections, hydraulic lines and attachments (e.g. measuring fequipment).No contaminants may enter the connections when they are plugged. fBefore commissioning, make certain that all hydraulic connections are ftight and that all of the connection seals and plugs are installed correctly to ensure that they are leakproof and fluids and contaminants are prevented from penetrating the product.Use a suitable filter system to filter hydraulic fluids during filling to minimize fsolid impurities and water in the hydraulic system.
Improper cleaning!Product can be damaged!
Plug all openings with the appropriate protective equipment in order to fprevent detergents from entering the hydraulic system.Never use solvents or aggressive detergents. Use only water and, if fnecessary, a mild detergent to clean the axial piston unit.Do not point the power washer at sensitive components, e.g. shaft seal, felectrical connections and components.Use lint-free cloths for cleaning. f
Environmental pollution due to incorrect disposal!Careless disposal of the axial piston unit, the hydraulic fluid and the packaging material could lead to pollution of the environment!
Dispose of the axial piston unit, hydraulic f fluid and packaging in accordance with the national regulations in your country.Dispose of the hydraulic fluid in accordance with the applicable safety data fsheet for the hydraulic fluid.
Escaping or spilling hydraulic fluid!Environmental pollution and contamination of the ground water!
When filling and draining the hydraulic fluid, f always place a drip tray under the axial piston unit.Use an oil binding agent if hydraulic fluid is spilt. fObserve the information in the safety data sheet for the hydraulic flui f d and the specifications provided by the system manufacturer.
The warranty only applies to the delivered configuration. •The entitlement under warranty is rendered void if the product is incorrectly •installed, commissioned or operated, as well as in the case of improper use and/or handling.
14/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
Delivery contents
4 Delivery contents
2
1
1
Axial piston unitFig. 1:
Included in the delivery contents are:
Axial piston unit as per order confirmation •
The following parts are also installed on delivery:
Protective covers made of plastic ( • 1) (metal protective covers are used for painted axial piston units)Protective plug/threaded plug ( • 2)
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 15/52
Product description
Product description5
5.1 Performance descriptionThe axial piston fixed pump generates a hydraulic fluid flow. It is designed for mobile and stationary applications.Refer to data sheet RE 91401 and the order confirmation for the technical data, operating conditions and operating limits of the axial piston unit.
5.2 Product descriptionThe A2FO is a fixed pump with axial tapered piston rotary group in bent-axis design for hydrostatic drives in open circuits. Flow is proportional to drive speed and displacement. For axial piston units with bent-axis design, the pistons are arranged diagonally with respect to the drive shaft.In an open circuit, the hydraulic fluid flows from the reservoir to the hydraulic pump from where it is fed via a directional valve to the consumer, e.g. hydraulic motor. From the consumer, the hydraulic fluid flows back to the reservoir via the directional valve.
5.2.1 Assembly of the axial piston unit
1
7
4
3
2
5
6
Assembly of the A2FOFig. 2:
1 Drive shaft2 Piston3 Cylinder4 Control plate
5 High-pressure side6 Suction side7 Port plate
Open circuit
16/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
Product description
Functional description5.2.2 Torque and rotational speed are applied to the drive shaft (1) by an engine. The drive shaft and cylinder (3) pick up and turn the piston (2). The cylinder then glides on the control plate (4). With every revolution, the pistons execute one stroke in the cylinder bores. During a revolution, each piston moves over the bottom and top dead centers back to its initial position. Here, hydraulic fluid is fed into and out through two control slots in the control plate according to the displacement. On the suction side (6) hydraulic fluid flows into the piston chamber as the piston recedes. At the same time, on the high-pressure side (5) the fluid is pushed out of the cylinder chamber into the hydraulic system by the pistons.
5.3 Product identificationThe axial piston unit can be identified from the name plate. The following example shows an A6VM name plate: A2FO
CNR:
MNR:SN:FD:
Rotation:
DE - 89275 Elchingen
Made in Germany
X1234567890Y
R90XXXXXXX SC: X12345678
Rexroth
2011W24m XXX kg
7202
Typ: A2FO32/61R-PBB05
n XXXX min-1 P XXX kW
1
2
8
34
56
7
14
13
1211
10
9
A4VSO name plate A2FOFig. 3:
Manufacturer1 Sample category (optional)2 Internal plant designation3 Specified area for test stamp4 Direction of rotation (viewed on 5 drive shaft) – here: clockwiseGround (optional)6 Power7
Bar code8 Speed9 Production date10 Serial number11 Material number of the axial 12 piston unitOrdering code13 Customer material number14
Pump
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 17/52
Transport and storage
6 Transport and storageMake sure you conform to the required ambient conditions during ftransportation and storage, see chapter 6.2 ”Storing the axial piston unit“.
You can find unpacking notes in chapter 7.1 ”Unpacking“.
Transporting the axial piston unit6.1 The transportation options below exist depending on the weight and duration of the transport:
Transporting by hand •Transporting with • lifting device (ring screw or lifting strap)
Table 6: Dimensions and weightsSize 5 10 12 16 23 28 32 45 56 63 80Ground kg 2.5 6 6 6 9.5 9.5 9.5 13.5 18 18 23
Width mm The dimensions vary with the unit type. The values applicable for your axial piston unit can be found in the installation drawing (request if necessary).
Height mmDepth mm
Size 90 107 125 160 180 200 250 355 500 710 1000Ground kg 23 32 32 45 45 66 73 110 155 325 336
Width mm The dimensions vary with the unit type. The values applicable for your axial piston unit can be found in the installation drawing (request if necessary).
Height mmDepth mm
The weight specifications may vary depending on the unit type.
Transporting by hand6.1.1 Axial piston units with a weight of up to 15 kg can be transported manually for a short time if necessary.
CAUTIOn! Danger from heavy loads!There is a danger of health damage when carrying axial piston units.
Use suitable lifting, placement and relocation equipment. fUse your personal protective equipment (e.g. safety glasses, safety gloves, fsuitable working clothes, safety shoes).
Do not transport the axial piston unit at sensitive attachment parts f(e.g. sensors or valves).Carefully place the axial piston unit on the seating to prevent it from being fdamaged.
Transporting with lifting device6.1.2 For transporting, the axial piston unit can be connected to a lifting device via a ring screw or a lifting strap.The axial piston unit can be transported suspended from a ring screw screwed into the drive shaft as long as only outward (pulling) axial forces are applied.
Dimensions and weights
Transport with ring screw
18/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
Transport and storage
For all female threads, use a threaded plug from the same system of units and fof the correct size.To do this, screw a ring screw completely into the thread on the drive shaft. fThe thread sizes is stated in the installation drawing.Make sure that the ring screw can bear the total weight of the axial piston unit fplus 20%.
You can hoist the axial piston unit as shown in Fig. 4 with the ring screw screwed into the drive shaft.
Fixing the ring screwFig. 4:
wARnInG! Danger from suspended loads!During transport with a lifting device, the axial piston unit can fall out of the lifting strap and cause injuries.
Use the widest possible lifting strap. fMake sure that the axial piston unit is securely fixated with the lifting strap. fOnly guide the axial piston unit by hand for fine positioning and to avoid foscillations.Never stand under or put you hands under suspended loads. f
Place the lifting strap around the axial piston unit in such a way that it passes fover neither the attachment parts (e.g. valves) nor such that the axial piston unit is hung from attachment parts (see Fig. 5).
Transport with lifting strapFig. 5:
Transport with lifting strap
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 19/52
Transport and storage
Storing the axial piston unit6.2 • The storage areas must be free from corrosive materials and gases.
To prevent damage to the seals, ozone-forming equipment (e.g. mercury-vapor •lamps, high voltage equipment, electric motors, sources of electrical sparks or electrical discharges) must not be operated in storage areas.The storage areas must be dry. •Ideal storage temperature: +5 °C to +20 °C. •Minimum storage temperature: -50 °C. •Maximum storage temperature: +60 °C. •Avoid high light irradiation (e.g. bright windows or direct fluorescent lighting). •Do not stack axial piston units and store them shock-proof. •Do not store the axial piston unit on sensitive attachment parts, e.g. speed •sensors.For other storage conditions, see table 7. •
Check the axial piston unit monthly to ensure proper storage. f
The axial piston units are provided ex-works with corrosion protection packaging (corrosion protection film).The following table lists the maximum permissible storage times for an originally packed axial piston unit as per data sheet RE 90312.Table 7: Storage time with factory corrosion protection
Storage conditions Standard corrosion protection
long-term corrosion protection
Closed, dry room, uniform temperature between +5 °C and +20 °C. Undamaged and closed corrosion protection film.
Maximum 12 months Maximum 24 months
The entitlement under warranty is rendered void if the requirements and storage conditions are not adhered to or after expiration of the maximum storage time (see table 7).
Procedure after expiration of the maximum storage time:
Check the entire axial piston unit for damage and corrosion prior to 1. installation.
Check the axial piston unit for proper function and leaks during a test run.2.
If the storage time exceeds 24 months, the shaft seal ring must be replaced.3.
After expiry of the maximum storage time, we recommend that you have the axial piston unit inspected by your responsible Bosch Rexroth Service partner.
In the event of questions regarding repair and spare parts, contact your responsible Bosch Rexroth Service partner or the service department of the manufacture’s plant for the axial piston unit, see chapter ”10.5 Spare parts“ for further information.
Requirement
After delivery
20/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
Transport and storage
If a dismounted axial piston unit is to be stored, it must be preserved against corrosion for the duration of the storage.
The following instructions only refer to axial piston units which are operated with a mineral-oil based hydraulic fluid. Other hydraulic fluids require preservation methods that are specifically designed for them. In such a case, consult with Bosch Rexroth Service, see chapter 10.5 ”Spare parts“ for address.
Bosch Rexroth recommends the following procedure:
Clean the axial piston unit, see chapter 10.1 ”Cleaning and care“.1.
Empty the axial piston unit.2.
For storage time up to 12 months: Moisten the inside of the axial piston unit 3. with mineral oil and fill with approx. 100 ml mineral oil. For storage time up to 24 months: Fill the axial piston unit with corrosion protection medium VCI 329 (20 ml). Fill via the reservoir port T1 or T2, see chapter 7.4 ”Installing the axial piston unit“, Fig. 13 to 16.
Seal all ports 4. airproof.
Moisten the unpainted surfaces of the axial piston unit with mineral oil or a 5. suitable, easily removed corrosion protection agent, e.g. acid-free grease.
Package the axial piston unit airproof together with desiccant in corrosion 6. protection film.
Store the axial piston unit so that it is protected against jolts, see 7. ”Requirement“ in this chapter.
After removal
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 21/52
Installation
7 InstallationPrior to installation, the following documents must be available:
Installation drawing for axial piston unit (can be obtained from your responsible •contact person at Bosch Rexroth)Hydraulic circuit diagram for the axial piston unit (in the installation drawing) •Hydraulic circuit diagram for the machine/system (available from the machine/ •system manufacturer)Order confirmation (contains the order-related technical data for your axial •piston unit)Data sheet of the axial piston unit (contains the permissible values of technical •data)
7.1 UnpackingThe axial piston unit is delivered in a corrosion protection film made of polyethylene material (PE).
CAUTIOn! Danger from parts falling out!If the packaging is not opened correctly, parts may fall out and damage the parts or even cause injuries!
Place the packaging on a flat and solid surface. fOnly open the packaging from the top. f
Remove the packaging from the axial piston unit. fCheck the axial piston unit for transport damage and completeness, fsee chapter 4 ”Delivery contents“.Dispose of the packaging according to the environmental regulations of your fcountry.
7.2 Installation conditionsThe installation location and position of the axial piston unit essentially determine the procedures during installation and commissioning (such as when filling and air bleeding the axial piston unit).
Fix the axial piston unit so that the expected forces and torques can be ftransferred without any danger. The machine/system manufacturer is responsible for dimensioning the fasteners.Observe the permissible radial forces on the drive shaft when transferring foutput drive with radial loading (belt drives). If necessary, the belt pulley must be separately mounted.Make certain that the axial piston unit is air bled and filled with hydraulic fluid fduring commissioning and operation. This is also to be observed following relatively long standstill periods as the axial piston unit may empty via the hydraulic lines.The case drain fluid in the case interior must be directed to the reservoir via fthe highest reservoir port. Use the line size which is appropriate for the port.Avoid using a check valve in the reservoir line. fException: above-reservoir installation, shaft upward. A check valve in the reservoir line (cracking pressure 0.5 bar) can prevent draining via the reservoir line. Note the correct flow direction.To achieve favorable noise values, decouple all connecting lines from all fvibration-capable components (e.g. reservoir) using elastic elements.
22/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
Installation
Make sure that the suction, reservoir and return lines lead into the reservoir fbelow the minimum fluid level in all operating conditions. This will prevent air from being drawn in and foam from being formed.
-0.20.8 abs.
1 230
0 12
-1
21
S
Suction pressureFig. 6:
Absolute pressure gauge1 Standard pressure gauge2
Make sure that a minimum suction pressure of 0.8 bar absolute is present at port ”S“ during operation for all installation positions and installation locations of the axial piston pump; see Fig. 6. See data sheet for pressure values.
The suction conditions improve with below-reservoir installation.
Make sure that the working environment at the installation site is fully free of fdust and foreign substances. The axial piston unit must be installed in a clean condition. Dirt contamination in the hydraulic fluid can seriously impair the function and service life of the axial piston unit.Use lint-free cloths for cleaning. fUse suitable mild detergents to remove lubricants and other difficult-to-remove fcontamination. Cleaning agents must not enter the hydraulic system.
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 23/52
Installation
Installation position7.3 The following installation positions are permissible. The shown piping layout illustrates the basic layout.
7.3.1 Below-reservoir installation (standard)Below-reservoir installation is when the axial piston unit is installed outside of the reservoir below the minimum fluid level.
Recommendation: Fill suction line
*
1 2
3 4
ht min
hmin
T1
S
ht min
hminamin amin
T2S
T1
S
T2
S
ht min
hminamin
ht min
hminamin
R (U)
SB SB
SB SB
Below-reservoir installation A2FO with installation position 1–4Fig. 7:
T1, T2 Highest reservoir port (case drain) hmin Minimum required distance to reservoir base (100 mm)
SB Mixer wall(baffle plate)
amin When designing the reservoir, ensure adequate distance between the suction line and the case drain line. This prevents the heated, return flow from being drawn directly back into the suction line.
ht min Minimum necessary immersion depth (200 mm)
Below-reservoir installationTable 8: Installation position Air bleed Filling1 (drive shaft, horizontal) – T1
2 (drive shaft, horizontal) – T2
3 (drive shaft, vertically downward) – T1
4 (drive shaft vertically upward) R (U) T2
24/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
Installation
Above-reservoir installation7.3.2 Above-reservoir installation is when the axial piston unit is installed above the minimum fluid level of the reservoir.
Observe the maximum permissible suction height hS max = 800 mm. The permissible suction height hs is derived from the total pressure loss.
Recommendation for installation position 8 (shaft upwards): A check valve in the reservoir line (cracking pressure 0.5 bar) can prevent draining of the case interior.
* *
ht min
hmin
T1
S
ht min
hmin
T2S
ht min
hmin
T1
S
ht min
hmin
T2
S
R (U)0.
5 ba
r
amin
amin
amin
amin
hS max
hS max
hS max
hS max
5 6
7 8
SB SB
SB SB
Above-reservoir installation A2FO with installation position 5–8Fig. 8:
T1, T2 Highest reservoir port (case drain)
hmin Minimum required distance to reservoir base (100 mm)
SB Mixer wall(baffle plate)
amin When designing the reservoir, ensure adequate distance between the suction line and the case drain line. This prevents the heated, return flow from being drawn directly back into the suction line.
hS max Maximum permissible suction height
ht min Minimum necessary immersion depth (200 mm)
Above-reservoir installationTable 9: Installation position Air bleed Filling5 (drive shaft, horizontal) – T1
6 (drive shaft, horizontal) – T2
7 (drive shaft, vertically downward) – T1
8 (drive shaft vertically upward) R (U) T2
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 25/52
Installation
Installing the axial piston unit7.4
7.4.1 Preparation
Compare the material number and designation (ordering code) with the details 1. in the order confirmation.
If the material number for the axial piston unit does not correspond to the one in the order confirmation, contact Bosch Rexroth Service for clarification, see chapter ”10.5 Spare parts“ for address.
Before installation, completely empty the axial piston unit to prevent mixing 2. with the hydraulic fluid used in the machine/system.
L
R
Fig. 9: Direction of rotation
l Counter-clockwise
R Clockwise
Check the direction of rotation of the axial piston unit (on the name plate) and 3. make sure that this corresponds to the direction of rotation of the engine.
The direction of rotation as specified on the name plate, see chapter 5.3 ”Identification of the product“, is the direction of rotation of the axial piston unit as viewed to the drive shaft. For information on the direction of rotation of the engine, please refer to the engine manufacturer’s operating instructions.
7.4.2 DimensionsThe installation drawing contains the dimensions for all connections and ports on the axial piston unit. Also observe the manuals provided by the manufacturers of the other hydraulic components when selecting the required tools.
7.4.3 General instructionsPlease keep in mind the following general notes for installation of the axial piston unit:
Note that you can expect certain installation positions to affect the control •device. Because of gravity, dead weight and case pressure, minor characteristic displacements and actuating time changes may occur.After a short operating time, toothed belts lose a major portion of their •pre-tension and thus cause speed variations and torsional vibrations. Torsional vibrations may cause leakages on the shaft seal or increased rotary angle accelerations of the rotary group of the axial piston unit. Particularly at risk are diesel drives with a small number of cylinders and low flywheel mass.
26/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
Installation
V-belt drives without automatic clamper are also critical with regard to speed •variations and torsional vibrations. These can also lead to leakages on the shaft seal ring. An automatic clamper can lessen the speed variations and vibrations and thus avoid consequential damage.
When using toothed belts or v-belts to transfer the input or output drive, –always use an automatic tensioning device.
On the input or output drive of an axial piston unit, a cardan shaft may cause •vibrations and impermissible rotary angle accelerations. Depending on the frequency and temperature, they may result in leakage on the shaft seal and damage to the rotary group.When multiple units are combined, make sure that the case pressure of •each unit is not exceeded. If there are pressure differences at the reservoir ports of the units, the complete reservoir line must be changed so that the lowest permissible case pressure of all connected units is not exceeded in any situation. If this is not possible, separate reservoir lines must be laid as required.
How to install the axial piston unit depends on the connecting elements to the drive side. The following descriptions explain the installation of the axial piston unit:
with a coupling •on a gearbox •
7.4.4 Installation with couplingThe method for installing the axial piston unit with a coupling is described below:
nOTE! Danger from improper handling!Product can be damaged!
Do not install the coupling hub onto the drive shaft of the axial piston unit by fstriking it.
Install the specified coupling half onto the drive shaft of the axial piston unit 1. according to the instructions of the coupling manufacturer.
The drive shaft of the axial piston unit is equipped with a threaded bore. Use this threaded bore to pull the coupling element onto the drive shaft. The size of the threaded bore can be seen in the installation drawing.
Remove dirt and contaminants from the installation location.2.
Clamp the coupling hub onto the drive shaft or ensure permanent lubrication 3. of the drive shaft. This prevents the formation of frictional corrosion and the associated wear.
Transport the axial piston unit to the installation location.4.
Install the coupling on the drive shaft of the machine/system in accordance 5. with the specifications provided by the coupling manufacturer.
The axial piston unit may not be bolted down until the coupling has been correctly installed.
Fix the axial piston unit at the installation location.6.
Align the drive shaft of the axial piston unit and the drive shaft of the machine 7. or system so that there is no angular deviation.
Make sure that no impermissible axial and radial forces act on the drive shaft.8.
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 27/52
Installation
For bell housing installation, check the coupling axial play through the bell 9. window according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
Details on the required tools and tightening torques for the fixing screws are 10. available from the machine/system manufacturer.
When using flexible couplings, check that the output drive is free of resonance 11. after completing the installation.
7.4.5 Installation on a gearboxThe installation layout for the axial piston unit on a gearbox is described below.After installing on a gearbox, the axial piston unit is covered and is difficult to access:
Therefore, before installing, make sure that the centering diameter centers the faxial piston unit (observe tolerances) and that no impermissible axial or radial forces act on the drive shaft of the axial piston unit (installation length).Protect the drive shaft against frictional corrosion by providing permanent flubrication.Fix the axial piston unit at the installation location. f
No gearing forces higher than the permissible axial and radial forces are to act on the shaft, if necessary the gear wheel must be supported separately at the gearbox output.
Installation with cardan shaft7.4.6 To connect the axial piston unit to the engine via a cardan shaft:
Position the axial piston unit close to the specified installation location. It 1. should allow enough space for the cardan shaft to fit through on both sides.
Position the cardan shaft on the output shaft of the engine.2.
Push the axial piston unit to the cardan shaft and join the cardan shaft to the 3. drive shaft of the axial piston unit.
Bring the axial piston unit to the installation position and secure. Details on the 4. required tools and breakaway torques for the fixing screws can be obtained from the system manufacturer if required.
For attachment via gear wheel orhelically-toothed shaft
28/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
Installation
Completing 7.4.7 installation
Remove any mounted transport screws.1.
CAUTIOn! Operation with protective plug!Operating the axial piston unit with protective plugs may result in injuries or damage to the axial piston unit.
Before commissioning, remove all protective plugs and replace them with fsuitable, pressure-proof, metal threaded plugs.
Remove the transport protection. 2. The axial piston unit is delivered with protective covers (1) and protective plug (2). They are not pressure-resistant, therefore they have to be removed prior to connection. Use a suitable tool for this to prevent damage to the sealing and functional surfaces. If sealing or functional surfaces are damaged, contact your responsible Bosch Rexroth Service partner or the service department of the manufacture’s plant for the axial piston unit.
2
22
Remove A2FO transport protection, size 10 to 16Fig. 10:
21)
1
122)
1) Size 2502) Size 23 to 200Fig. 11: Remove A2FO transport protection, size 23 to 250
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 29/52
Installation
1
1
2
Remove A2FO transport protection, size 355 to 1000Fig. 12:
Protective covers made of plastic 1 (metallic protective covers are used for painted axial piston units)
Protective plug/threaded plug2
Ports intended for connecting lines are covered by protective plugs or threaded plugs, which serve as transport protection. All ports required for functional operation must be connected (see table 10 ”Ports A2FO Series 6“). If this requirement is disregarded, malfunction or damage may result. If a port is not connected, it must be plugged with a threaded plug because protective plugs are not pressure-resistant.
Hydraulically connecting the axial piston unit7.4.8
NOTEInsufficient suction pressure!Generally, a minimum permissible suction pressure at port ”S“ is specified for axial piston pumps in all installation positions. If the pressure at port ”S“ drops below the specified values, damage may occur which may lead to the axial piston pump being damaged beyond repair.
Make certain that the necessary suction pressure is not undercut. This is finfluenced by:
the piping (e.g. suction cross-section, pipe diameter, length of suction line) –the position of the reservoir –the viscosity of the hydraulic fluid –if fitted, a filter cartridge or check valve in the suction line (regularly check –the level of soiling of the filter cartridge)
The machine/system manufacturer is responsible for dimensioning the lines. The axial piston unit must be connected to the rest of the hydraulic system in accordance with the hydraulic circuit diagram of the machine/system manufacturer.The ports and fixing threads are designed for the maximum pressure specified in the data sheet. The machine/system manufacturer must ensure that the
30/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
Installation
connecting elements and lines correspond to the specified application conditions (pressure, flow, hydraulic fluid, temperature) with the necessary safety factors.
Connect only hydraulic lines that are appropriate for the axial piston unit port (pressure level, size, system of units).
Observe the following notes when routing the suction, pressure and reservoir lines.
Lines and hoses must be installed without pre-charge pressure, so that no •further mechanical forces are applied during operation that will reduce the service life of the axial piston unit and, if applicable, the entire machine/system.Use suitable seals as sealing material. •Suction line (pipe or hose) •
The suction line should be as short and straight as possible. –Measure the line cross section of the suction line so that the pressure at –the suction port does not drop below the minimum permissible pressure. Make sure that the maximum suction pressure is not exceeded (e.g. when pre-filling).Make sure the connections and connecting elements are air-tight. –The hose must be pressure-resistant, also for external air pressure. –
Pressure line •For the pressure lines, use only pipes, hoses and connecting elements –rated for the operating pressure range specified in data sheet RE 91401 (see table 10).
Reservoir line •Always route the reservoir lines so that the case is constantly filled with –hydraulic fluid and to ensure that no air gets through the shaft seal even during extended standstill periods.The case internal pressure must not exceed the limit values listed for the axial –piston unit in the data sheet under any operating conditions.The reservoir line joint in the reservoir must always be below the minimum –fluid level under all conditions (see chapter ”7.3 Installation position“).
The axial piston units are used in application areas with metric as well as with the Anglo-American (inch) system of units.Both the system of units as well as the size of threaded hole and threaded plug (e.g. locking screw) must match.Due to the limited options for visually detecting differences, there is a risk of mix-ups.
wARnInG! Leaking or popped-out threaded plugs!If a threaded plug which is of a different measurement system and size with respect to the female thread is pressurized, the threaded plug may loosen itself or even be ejected from the hole in a projectile-like manner. This can result in serious injury and damage to equipment. Hydraulic fluid can be discharged from this leakage point.
Use the drawings (installation drawing/data sheet) to determine the required fthreaded plug for each fitting.Make certain that there are no mix-ups when installing fittings, fixing screws fand threaded plugs.For all female threads, use a threaded plug from the same system of units and fof the correct size.
notes on routing the lines
Risk of mix-ups with threaded connections
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 31/52
Installation
1) For counter-clockwise rotation, port plate turned through 180°.Port overview A2FO, size 10 to 16, clockwise rotation, threaded ports on side, Fig. 13:
SAE flange port at rear (port plate 06)
1) For counter-clockwise rotation, port plate turned through 180°.Port overview A2FO, size 23 to 180, clockwise rotation, SAE flange port at Fig. 14:
side/rear (port plate 05)
B (A)1) T2S
T1U2)
1) For counter-clockwise rotation, port plate turned through 180°. 2) Size 250 only
Port overview A2FO, size 200 to 250, clockwise rotation, SAE flange port at Fig. 15: side/rear (port plate 05)
Port overview
B (A)1)T2S
T1
R
B (A)1)T2
S
T1
R
32/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
Installation
B (A)1)
T2S
T1
U
MB (MA)
MS
1) For counter-clockwise rotation, port plate turned through 180°.Port overview A2FO, size 355 to 1000, SAE flange ports at rear (port plate 11)Fig. 16:
Ports A2FO Table 10: Series 6Designation Port for Standard Maximum pressure [bar]1) State
nG 5 nG 10 to 200 nG 250 to 1000
B, A2) Service line DIN 38523) 350 450 – O
S2) Suction line DIN 38523) 30 30 – O
B, A Service line (high pressure series)Fixing thread B, A
SAE J5184)
DIN 13– 450 400 O
O
S Suction line (standard series) Fixing thread S
SAE J5184)
DIN 13– 30 30 O
O
T1,T2 Reservoir line (case drain fluid) DIN 38523) 10 10 6 O5)
R Air bleed DIN 38523) – 10 – X
U Bearing flushing DIN 38523) – – 6 X
MA, MB6) Measuring operating pressure A, B
DIN 38523) – – 400 X
MS6) Suction pressure measurement DIN 38523) – – 400 X1) Short term pressure spikes may occur depending on the application. Keep this in mind when selecting measuring equipment and fittings.2) Only for size 5, 10, 12 and 16.3) The countersink may be deeper that specified in the standard.4) Metric fixing thread, deviating from standard.5) Depending on installation position, either T1 or T2 must be connected (see also chapter ”7.3 Installation position“).6) Only for size 355 to 1000.O = Must be connected (plugged on delivery)X = Plugged (in normal operation)
The following tightening torques apply:
Threaded hole of the axial piston unit: •The maximum permissible tightening torques MG max are maximum values of the threaded holes and must not be exceeded. For values, see the following table.Fittings: •Observe the manufacturer’s instructions regarding the tightening torques of the fittings used.Fixing screws: •For fixing screws with metric ISO thread according to DIN 13 or with thread according to ASME B1.1, we recommend checking the tightening torque in individual cases as per VDI 2230.
Tightening torques
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 33/52
Installation
Threaded plugs: •For the metallic threaded plugs supplied with the axial piston unit, the required tightening torques of threaded plugs MV apply. For values, see the following table.
Tightening torques of the female threads and threaded plugsTable 11:
Ports Maximum permissible tightening torque of the threaded holes MG max
Required tightening torque of the threaded plugs MV
wAF hexagon socket for the threaded plugsStandard Thread size
DIN 3852 M8 10 Nm 7 Nm 3 mmM10x1 30 Nm 12 Nm 5 mmM12x1.5 50 Nm 25 Nm 6 mmM14x1.5 80 Nm 35 Nm 6 mmM16x1.5 100 Nm 50 Nm 8 mmM18x1.5 140 Nm 60 Nm 8 mmM22x1.5 210 Nm 80 Nm 10 mmM33x2 540 Nm 225 Nm 17 mmM42x2 720 Nm 360 Nm 22 mm
To connect the axial piston unit to the hydraulic system:
Remove the threaded plugs at the ports at which the connections are to be 1. made according to the hydraulic circuit diagram.
Make certain that the sealing surfaces of the hydraulic ports and functional 2. surfaces are not damaged.
Use only clean hydraulic lines or flush them before installation. (Observe 3. chapter 7.5 ”Perform flushing cycle“ when you flush the entire system.)
Connect the lines in accordance with the installation drawing and the machine 4. or system circuit diagram. Check whether all ports are piped up or plugged with threaded plugs.
Correctly tighten the union nuts for the fittings and flanges (observe tightening 5. torques!). Mark all correctly tightened fittings, e.g. with a permanent marker.
Check all6. pipes and hose lines and every combination of connecting pieces, couplings or connecting points with hoses or pipes to ensure they are in condition for safe working.
Relationship between direction of rotation and flow direction: Clockwise rotation: S to B Counter-clockwise rotation: S to A
7.5 Performing flushing cycleIn order to remove foreign particles from the system, Bosch Rexroth recommends a flushing cycle for the entire system. To avoid internal contamination, the axial piston unit must not be included in the flushing cycle.
The flushing cycle must be performed with an additional flushing unit. Follow the instructions of the flushing unit’s manufacturer for the exact procedure during the flushing cycle.
Procedure
34/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
Commissioning
8 Commissioning
wARnInGDanger while working in the danger zone of a machine/system!Danger to life, risk of injury or serious injuries!
Pay attention to and rectify potential danger sources before operating the faxial piston unit.Nobody may stand in the danger zone of the machine/system. fThe emergency stop button for the machine/system must be within the foperator’s reach.Always follow the instructions of the machine/system manufacturer during fcommissioning.
CAUTIOnCommissioning of an incorrectly installed product!Risk of injury and damage to equipment!You can injure yourself on incorrectly installed products or damage the product.
Make sure that all electrical and hydraulic ports are connected or plugged. fOnly commission a completely installed product. f
First 8.1 commissioningDuring all work for commissioning the axial piston unit, observe the general safety instructions and intended use in chapter 2 ”Safety instructions“.
Connect the gauge for the operating pressure, case pressure and suction fpressure to the specified measuring points on the axial piston unit or in the hydraulic system, to check the technical data at first operation.During the commissioning process, monitor the temperature of the hydraulic ffluid in the reservoir to ensure that it lies within the permissible viscosity limits.
Filling the axial piston unit8.1.1 Professional filling and air bleeding is necessary to prevent damage to the axial piston unit and to maintain correct function.
The axial piston unit should be filled with a filling unit (10 µm filter grade). The axial piston unit must not be operated while it is being filled by the filling unit.
Use only a hydraulic fluid that conforms to the following requirements:You can find details of the minimum requirements on hydraulic fluids in Bosch Rexroth data sheets RE 90220, RE 90221 and RE 90223. You can find the title of the data sheets in table 1 ”Required and supplementary documentation“. You can find details of permissible and optimal viscosity in data sheet RE 91401.To ensure the functional reliability of the axial piston unit, cleanliness level 20/18/15 according to at least ISO 4406 is necessary for the hydraulic fluid. At very high hydraulic fluid temperatures (+90 °C to maximum +115 °C), cleanliness level 19/17/14 according to at least ISO 4406 is necessary. For permissible temperatures, see data sheet RE 91401.
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 35/52
Commissioning
Place a drip tray under the axial piston unit to collect any hydraulic fluid that 1. may escape.
nOTE! Contaminated hydraulic fluid!The cleanliness levels of hydraulic fluids on delivery do not normally conform to the requirements for our components.
Use a suitable filter system to filter hydraulic fluids during filling to minimize fsolid impurities and water in the hydraulic system.
Fill and air bleed the axial piston unit via the appropriate ports, see chapter 2. ”7.3 Installation position“. The hydraulic lines of the system must also be filled.
nOTE! Damage to equipment due to improper lubrication!Product can be damaged or destroyed!
When using a shut-off valve in the suction and/or reservoir line, make sure fthat the input of the axial piston unit can only be started when the shut-off valves are open.
When using a shut-off valve in the suction and/or reservoir line, only operate 3. the axial piston unit when the shut-off valves are open.
Test the direction of rotation of the engine. To do this, rotate the engine briefly 4. at the lowest rotational speed (inching). Make sure that direction of rotation of the axial piston unit matches the details on the name plate, see also chapter ”5.3 Product identification“, Fig. 3: Name plate.
Operate the axial piston pump at a lower speed (starter speed for internal 5. combustion engines or inching operation for electric motors) until the hydraulic system is completely filled and bled. To inspect, drain the hydraulic fluid at the reservoir port and wait until it drains without bubbles.
Testing the hydraulic fluid supply8.1.2 The axial piston unit must always have a sufficient supply of hydraulic fluid. For this reason, the supply of hydraulic fluid must be ensured at the start of the commissioning process.When you test the hydraulic fluid supply, constantly monitor the noise development and check the hydraulic fluid level in the reservoir. If the axial piston unit becomes louder (cavitation) or the case drain fluid is discharged with bubbles, this is an indication that the axial piston unit is not being sufficiently supplied with hydraulic fluid.Notes on troubleshooting can be found in chapter ”14 Troubleshooting“.To test the hydraulic fluid supply:
Allow the engine to run at the lowest speed. The axial piston unit must be 1. operated without load. Pay attention to leakage and noise.
Check the axial piston unit’s reservoir line during the test. The case drain fluid 2. should not contain any bubbles.
Increase the load and check whether the operating pressure rises as 3. expected.
Carry out a leak test to ensure that the hydraulic system is sealed and can 4. withstand the maximum pressure.
Check the suction pressure at port ”5. S“ of the axial piston pump at nominal speed. Refer to data sheet RE 91401 for the permissible value.
At maximum pressure, check the case drain pressure at port 6. T1 or T2. Refer to data sheet RE 91401 for the permissible value.
36/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
Commissioning
8.1.3 Performing functional test
wARnInGIncorrectly connected axial piston unit!Mixing up the ports will lead to malfunctions (e.g. lift instead of lower) and thus to corresponding danger to persons and equipment!
Before the functional test, check whether the piping specified in the hydraulic fcircuit diagram has been installed.
Once you have tested the hydraulic fluid supply, you must perform a functional test on the machine/system. The functional test should be performed according to the instructions of the machine/system manufacturer.The axial piston unit is checked for functional capability before delivery according to the technical data. During commissioning, it must be ensured that the axial piston unit was installed properly in the machine/system.
After starting the engine, check in particular the specified pressures, e.g. fsystem pressure and case pressure.If necessary, disconnect the gauge and plug the ports with threaded plugs. f
8.2 Running-in phase
NOTEDamage to equipment by insufficient viscosity!An increased hydraulic fluid temperature may reduce the viscosity values by too much and damage the product!
Monitor the operating temperature during the running-in phase, e.g. by fmeasuring the case drain temperature.Reduce the loading (pressure, rpm) of the axial piston unit if impermissible foperating temperatures and/or viscosities occur.Operating temperatures that are too high indicate faults that have to be fanalyzed and cleared.
The bearings and sliding surfaces are subject to a running-in phase. The increased friction at the start of the running-in phase results in increased heat development which decreases with increasing operating hours. The volumetric and mechanical-hydraulic efficiency increases as well through the conclusion of the running-in phase of approx. 10 operating hours.To ensure that contamination in the hydraulic system does not damage the axial piston unit, Bosch Rexroth recommends the following procedure after the running-in phase:
After the running-in phase, have a hydraulic fluid specimen analyzed for the frequired cleanliness level.Change the hydraulic fluid if the required cleanliness level is not reached. If fa laboratory test is not carried out after the running-in phase, Bosch Rexroth recommends the hydraulic fluid be changed.
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 37/52
Commissioning
8.3 Recommissioning after standstillDepending on the installation conditions and ambient conditions, changes may occur in the hydraulic system which make recommissioning necessary.Among others, the following criteria may make recommissioning necessary:
Air and/or water in the hydraulic system •Old hydraulic fluid •Other contamination •
Before recommissioning, proceed as described in chapter 8.1 ”First fcommissioning“.
38/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
Operation
9 OperationThe product is a component which requires no settings or changes during operation. For this reason, this chapter of the manual does not contain any information on adjustment options. Use the product only within the performance range provided in the technical data. The machine/system manufacturer is responsible for the proper project planning of the hydraulic system and its control.
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 39/52
Maintenance and repair
10 Maintenance and repair
NOTEInspection and maintenance work carried out too late!Damage to equipment!
Carry out the specified inspection and maintenance work at the intervals fdescribed in this manual.
10.1 Cleaning and care
NOTEDamage to seals and electrical system by mechanical effects!The water jet of a power washer may damage the seals and electrical system of the axial piston unit!
Do not point the power washer at sensitive components, e.g. shaft seal, felectrical connections and components.
For cleaning and care of the axial piston unit, observe the following:
Check whether all seals and fittings on the connections are securely seated fto ensure that no moisture can penetrate into the axial piston unit during cleaning.Use only water and, if necessary, a mild detergent to clean the axial piston funit. Never use solvents or aggressive detergents.Remove coarse external dirt and keep sensitive and important components, fsuch as solenoids, valves, indicators and sensors, clean.
40/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
Maintenance and repair
10.2 InspectionIn order to enable long and reliable operation of the axial piston unit, Bosch Rexroth recommends testing the hydraulic system and axial piston unit on a regular basis, and documenting and archiving the following operating conditions:
Inspection scheduleTable 12: Task to be carried out IntervalHydraulic system
Check level of hydraulic fluid in the reservoir. Daily
Check the operating temperature at a comparable load condition at the reservoir port and in the reservoir.
Weekly
Conduct analysis of hydraulic fluid: viscosity, aging and dirt contamination
Yearly or every 2000 operating hours (whichever occurs first)
Axial piston unit Check axial piston unit for leakage. Early detection of hydraulic fluid loss can help to find errors on the machine/system and to rectify them. For this reason, Bosch Rexroth recommends that the axial piston unit and system are always kept in a clean condition.
Daily
Check axial piston unit for unusual noise development.
Daily
Check fasteners for tight seating. All fasteners have to be checked when the hydraulic system is switched off, depressurized and cooled down.
Monthly
10.3 MaintenanceThe axial piston unit is low maintenance when used properly.The service life of the axial piston unit is heavily dependent on the quality of the hydraulic fluid. For this reason, we recommend changing the hydraulic fluid at least once per year or every 2000 operating hours (which ever occurs first) or having it analyzed by the hydraulic fluid manufacturer or a laboratory to determine its suitability for further use.The service life of the axial piston unit is limited by the service life of the bearings fitted. The service life based on the load cycle can be requested from the responsible Bosch Rexroth Service partner, see chapter 10.5 ”Spare parts“ for address. Based on these details, a maintenance period is to be determined by the system manufacturer for the replacement of the bearings and included in the maintenance schedule of the hydraulic system.
10.4 RepairBosch Rexroth offers a comprehensive range of services for the repair of Rexroth axial piston units.Repairs on the axial piston unit may only be performed by service centers certified by Bosch Rexroth.
Use exclusively original spare parts from Rexroth to repair the Rexroth axial fpiston units, otherwise the functional reliability of the axial piston unit can not be assured and you lose your entitlement under warranty.
In the event of questions regarding repair, contact your responsible Bosch Rexroth Service partner or the service department of the manufacture’s plant for the axial piston unit, see chapter ”10.5 Spare parts“ for further information.
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 41/52
Maintenance and repair
10.5 Spare parts
CAUTIOnUse of unsuitable spare parts!Spare parts that do not meet the technical requirements specified by Bosch Rexroth may cause personal injury or property damage!
Use exclusively original spare parts from Rexroth to repair the Rexroth axial fpiston units, otherwise the functional reliability of the axial piston unit can not be assured and you lose your entitlement under warranty.
The spare parts lists for axial piston units are order specific. When ordering spare parts, quote the material and serial number of the axial piston unit as well as the material numbers of the spare parts.Address all questions regarding spare parts to your responsible Bosch Rexroth Service partner or the service department of the manufacture’s plant for the axial piston unit. Details on the manufacture’s plant are available on the axial piston unit’s name plate.
Bosch Rexroth AG Glockeraustraße 4 D-89275 Elchingen, Germany Tel. +49-7308-82-0 Fax +49-711-811-513-9382 [email protected]
Bosch Rexroth AG An den Kelterwiesen 14 72160 Horb a.N., Germany Tel. +49 (0) 74 51-92-0 Fax +49 (0) 711-811-513-93 82 [email protected] For the addresses of foreign subsidiaries, please refer to www.boschrexroth.com/addresses
42/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
Removal and replacement
11 Removal and replacement
Required 11.1 toolsRemoval can be performed using standard tools. No special tools are necessary.
11.2 Preparing for removalDecommission the entire system as described in the instruction manual for the 1. machine or system.
Relieve pressure in the hydraulic system according to the instructions of the –machine or system manufacturer.Make certain that the relevant system components are not under pressure –or voltage.
Protect the complete system against being energized.2.
11.3 Removing the axial piston unitProceed as follows to remove the axial piston unit:
Check whether the hydraulic system is depressurized.1.
Allow the axial piston unit to cool down until it can be removed without danger.2.
For below-reservoir installation, before removing the axial piston unit from the 3. complete system, seal the connection to the reservoir or drain the reservoir.
Place a drip tray under the axial piston unit to collect any hydraulic fluid that 4. may escape.
Loosen the lines and collect the escaping hydraulic fluid in the drip tray.5.
Remove the axial piston unit. Use a suitable lifting device.6.
Completely empty the axial piston unit.7.
Plug all openings.8.
Preparing the components for storage or 11.4 further use
Proceed as described in chapter ”6.2 Storing the axial piston unit“. f
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 43/52
Disposal
12 DisposalCareless disposal of the axial piston unit, the hydraulic fluid and the packaging material could lead to pollution of the environment.Observe the following points when disposing of the axial piston unit:
Completely empty the axial piston unit.1.
Dispose of the axial piston unit and packaging material in accordance with 2. the national regulations in your country.
Dispose of the hydraulic fluid according to the national regulations of your 3. country. Also observe the applicable safety data sheet for the hydraulic fluid.
Remove the axial piston unit into its individual parts and properly recycle 4. these parts.
Separate according to, for instance:5. Cast parts –Steel –Aluminum –Non-ferrous metal –Electronic waste –Plastic –Seals –
Extension and 13 conversionDo not modify the axial piston unit.
The Bosch Rexroth warranty only applies for the delivered configuration. In case of conversion or extension, the entitlement under warranty will be rendered void.
44/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
Troubleshooting
14 TroubleshootingThe following table may assist you in troubleshooting. The table makes no claim for completeness.In practical use, problems which are not listed here may also occur.
How to proceed for troubleshooting14.1 Always act systematically and targeted, even under pressure of time. Random fand imprudent removal and a readjustment of settings could result in the inability to ascertain the original failure cause.First obtain a general overview of how your product works in conjunction with fthe entire system.Try to determine whether the product worked properly in conjunction with the fentire system before the error occurred.Try to determine any changes of the entire system in which the product is fintegrated
Were there any changes to the product’s application conditions or operating –range?Has maintenance work recently been carried out? Is there an inspection or –maintenance log?Were changes (e.g. conversions) or repairs made to the complete system –(machine/system, electrics, control) or on the product? If yes, which?Has the hydraulic fluid been changed? –Was the product or machine operated as intended? –How did the malfunction appear? –
Try to get a clear idea of the error cause. Directly ask the (machine) operator. fDocument the work carried out. fIf you cannot rectify the error, contact one of the contact addresses which can fbe found under: www.boschrexroth.com/addresses.
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 45/52
Troubleshooting
14.2 Malfunction table
Axial piston unit malfunction tableTable 13:
Fault Possible cause Remedy
Unusual noises Drive speed too high. Machine/system manufacturer.
Wrong direction of rotation. Ensure correct direction of rotation.
Insufficient suction conditions, e.g. air in the suction line, insufficient diameter of the suction line, viscosity of the hydraulic fluid too high, suction height too high, suction pressure too low, contaminants in the suction line.
Machine or system manufacturer (e.g. optimize inlet conditions, use suitable hydraulic fluid).
Completely air bleed axial piston unit, fill suction line with hydraulic fluid.
Remove contaminants from the suction line.
Improper fixing of the axial piston unit. Check the fixing of the axial piston unit according to the specifications of the machine/system manufacturer. Observe tightening torques.
Improper fixing of the attachment parts, e.g. coupling and hydraulic lines.
Fix attachment parts according to the information provided by the coupling or fitting manufacturer.
Mechanical damage to the axial piston unit (e.g. bearing damage).
Exchange axial piston unit, contact Bosch Rexroth Service.
No or insufficient flow Faulty mechanical drive (e.g. defective coupling).
Machine/system manufacturer.
Drive speed too low. Machine/system manufacturer.
Insufficient suction conditions, e.g. air in the suction line, insufficient diameter of the suction line, viscosity of the hydraulic fluid too high, suction height too high, suction pressure too low, contaminants in the suction line.
Machine or system manufacturer (e.g. optimize inlet conditions, use suitable hydraulic fluid).
Completely air bleed axial piston unit, fill suction line with hydraulic fluid.
Remove contaminants from the suction line.
Hydraulic fluid not in optimum viscosity range. Use suitable hydraulic fluid (machine/system manufacturer).
Wear of axial piston unit. Exchange axial piston unit, contact Bosch Rexroth Service.
Mechanical damage to the axial piston unit. Exchange axial piston unit, contact Bosch Rexroth Service.
No or insufficient pressure Faulty mechanical drive (e.g. defective coupling).
Machine/system manufacturer.
Drive power too low. Machine/system manufacturer.
Insufficient suction conditions, e.g. air in the suction line, insufficient diameter of the suction line, viscosity of the hydraulic fluid too high, suction height too high, suction pressure too low, contaminants in the suction line.
Machine or system manufacturer (e.g. optimize inlet conditions, use suitable hydraulic fluid).
Completely air bleed axial piston unit, fill suction line with hydraulic fluid.
Remove contaminants from the suction line.
Hydraulic fluid not in optimum viscosity range. Use suitable hydraulic fluid (machine/system manufacturer).
Wear of axial piston unit. Exchange axial piston unit, contact Bosch Rexroth Service.
Mechanical damage to the axial piston unit (e.g. bearing damage).
Exchange axial piston unit, contact Bosch Rexroth Service.
Output unit defective (e.g. hydraulic motor or cylinder).
Machine/system manufacturer.
46/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
Troubleshooting
Axial piston unit malfunction tableTable 13:
Fault Possible cause Remedy
Pressure/flow fluctuations Axial piston unit not or insufficiently air bled. Completely air bleed axial piston unit.
Insufficient suction conditions, e.g. air in the suction line, insufficient diameter of the suction line, viscosity of the hydraulic fluid too high, suction height too high, suction pressure too low, contaminants in the suction line.
Machine or system manufacturer (e.g. optimize inlet conditions, use suitable hydraulic fluid).
Completely air bleed axial piston unit, fill suction line with hydraulic fluid.
Remove contaminants from the suction line.
Excessive hydraulic fluid temperature and case temperature
Excessive inlet temperature at the axial piston unit.
Machine or system manufacturer: inspect system, e.g malfunction of the cooler, insufficient hydraulic fluid in the reservoir.
Malfunction of the pressure control valves (e.g. high-pressure relief valve, pressure cut-off, pressure controller).
Contact Bosch Rexroth Service.
Wear of axial piston unit. Exchange axial piston unit, contact Bosch Rexroth Service.
Instability/vibrations Target value not stable. Machine/system manufacturer.
Resonance in the reservoir line. Machine/system manufacturer.
Malfunction of the control devices or the controller.
Contact Bosch Rexroth Service.
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 47/52
Technical data
15 Technical dataThe permissible values of the technical data of your axial piston unit can be found in data sheet RE 91401.The data sheet can be found on the internet atwww.boschrexroth.com/axial-piston-pumps
The order-related technical data of your axial piston unit can be found in the order confirmation.
Appendix16
16.1 Address directoryFor the addresses of foreign subsidiaries, please refer to www.boschrexroth.com/addresses
48/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
Alphabetical index
AAbbreviations 7Address directory 47Assembly 15
BBelow-reservoir installation 23
CCare 39Circuit
open 15Cleaning 39Commissioning 34
First 34Connecting
Hydraulic 29Control plate 15Conversion 43Corrosion protection 19Corrosion protection film 19Cylinder 15
DDamage to equipment 12Delivery contents 14Designations 7Dimensions 17, 25Direction of rotation 25Disposal 43Drive shaft 15
FFilling 34Flushing cycle 33Functional test 36
HHigh-pressure side 15
IIdentification 16Inspection 40Installation 21, 25
Completing 28General instructions 25On a gearbox 27Preparation 25With coupling 26
Installation conditions 21Installation Position
Below-reservoir installation 23Instructions
General 25Intended use 8
lLifting device 17Lifting strap 18
MMaintenance 39, 40Malfunction table 45
nName plate 16
OOperation 38
PPerformance description 15Piston 15Port overview 31Port plate 15Product description 15Pump 16
QQualifications 9
RRecommissioning 37
After standstill 37Removal 42
Performing 42Preparing 42
Repair 40Replacement 42Required documentation 5Ring screw 17Running-in phase 36
SSafety instructions 8
General 9Product-specific 10Signal word 6
Spare parts 41Storage 17Storage time 19Storing 19Suction side 15Symbols 7
Alphabetical index17
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 49/52
Alphabetical index
TTechnical data 47Tightening torques 32Tools 42Transport 17
With lifting strap 18With ring screw 17
Transporting 17Transport protection 28Troubleshooting 44
UUnpacking 21
wWarranty 19, 34, 43Weights 17
50/52 Bosch Rexroth AG A2FO Series 6 | RE 91401-01-B/06.2011
RE 91401-01-B/06.2011 | A2FO Series 6 Bosch Rexroth AG 51/52
Bosch Rexroth AG Axial piston unitsGlockeraustrasse 489275 ElchingenGermanyTel. +49 (0) 73 08-82-0Fax +49 (0) 73 08-72 [email protected]/axial-piston-pumps
Subject to changePrinted in GermanyRE 91401-01-B/06.2011
Bosch Rexroth AGAxial piston unitsAn den Kelterwiesen 1472160 Horb a.N.GermanyTel. +49 (0) 74 51-92-0Fax +49 (0) 74 51-82 [email protected]/axial-piston-pumps
Bosch Rexroth AG, RE 17326, edition: 2013-06
Hydraulic cylinderMill type
▶ Series L2 ▶ Component series 1X
2 pressure ranges: ▶ Nominal pressure 160 bar [16 MPa] ▶ Nominal pressure 250 bar [25 MPa]
RE 17326Version: 2013-06Replaces: 12.12CDL2 type
Features
▶ 4 types of mounting ▶ Piston Ø (ØAL) 25 ... 200 mm ▶ Piston rod Ø (ØMM) 14 ... 125 mm ▶ Stroke length up to 3 m ▶ Short length
Project planning software Interactive Catalog System
www.boschrexroth.com/icsOnline
Contents
Features 1Ordering code 2, 3Project planning software ICS (Interactive Catalog System) 3Technical data 4, 5Diameters, areas, forces, fl ow 6Tolerances 6Overview: Types of mounting 7Dimensions:
▶ Type of mounting MP5 8, 9 ▶ Type of mounting MF3 10, 11 ▶ Type of mounting MT4 12, 13 ▶ Type of mounting M00 14 ▶ Swivel head CGKL 15 ▶ Swivel head CGKD 16, 17 ▶ Trunnion bracket CLTB 18, 19 ▶ Clevis bracket CLCA 20, 21 ▶ Clevis bracket CLCD 22, 23
Buckling 24Admissible stroke length: MP5; MF3; MT4 24, 25Overview: Individual components 26, 27Seal kit 28Cylinder weight 28
�
�
2/28 CDL2 | Hydraulic cylinder, mill type
Bosch Rexroth AG, RE 17326, edition: 2013-06
Ordering code
01 Diff erential cylinder CD
02 Series L2 L2
Types of mounting03 Self-aligning clevis at base MP5
Round fl ange at head MF3 1)
Trunnion MT4 1; 2)
No mounting M00 3)
04 Piston Ø (ØAL) from 25 ... 200 mm; possible version see page 14 ...
05 Piston rod Ø (ØMM) at a nominal pressure of 160 bar: 14, 18, 22, 28, 36, 45, 56 and 70 mm possible; see page 6Piston rod Ø (ØMM) at a nominal pressure of 250 bar: 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 and 125 mm possible; seepage 6
...
06 Stroke length in mm; admissbile stroke lengths must be observed, see page 24 and 25 ...
Design principle07 Head and base screwed in C 3)
Head screwed in, base welded D 4)
08 Component series 10 … 19 (10 … 19: Unchanged installation and connection dimensions) 1X
Line connection/version09 Pipe thread according to ISO 228-1 B
Line connection/position at head10 View to piston rod 1
Line connection/position at base 11 View to piston rod 1
Piston rod design12 Hard chromium-plated C
Piston rod end13 Thread H 4)
Piston rod end H with mounted swivel head CGKD K 4)
With swivel head, not removable F 4; 5)
Internal thread E 3)
Piston rod end E with mounted swivel head CGKL L 3)
End position cushioning14 Without end position cushioning U
Seal design15 Standard seal system (suitable for mineral oils HL, HLP) M
Standard seal system FKM (for phosphate ester HFDR) V
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
CD L2 / / / 1X / B 1 1 C U W *
Hydraulic cylinder, mill type | CDL2 3/28
RE 17326, edition: 2013-06, Bosch Rexroth AG
Ordering code
Option 116 Without option W
Option 217 Without option W
With piston rod extension "LY" in mm Y 6)
18 Further details in the plain text *
1) Only piston Ø (ØAL) 25 ... 125 mm2) Trunnion position freely selectable. Always specify the dimension
“XV/XU” in mm in the plain text when ordering (see order example)
3) Only piston Ø (ØAL) 25 ... 32 mm4) Only piston Ø (ØAL) 40 ... 200 mm5) Only MP5; MT46) Always specify the piston rod extension dimension “LY” in mm in
the plain text when ordering (see order example)
Order example:CDL2MT4/100/56/200D1X/B11CHUMWY LY = 20 XV = 245CDL2MF3/80/45/100D1X/B11CHUMWW
The ICS (Interactive Catalog System) is a selection and project planning aid for hydraulic cylinders. The ICS allows designers for machines and systems to quickly and reliably find the perfect hydraulic cylinder solution through logic-guided type code enquiries. This software helps to solve design and project planning tasks more quickly and effi-ciently. After having been guided through the product
selection, the user quickly and reliably gets the exact technical data of the selected component as well as 2D and 3D CAD data in the correct file format for all common CAD systems.
Project planning software ICS (Interactive Catalog System)
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
CD L2 / / / 1X / B 1 1 C U W *
4/28 CDL2 | Hydraulic cylinder, mill type
Bosch Rexroth AG, RE 17326, edition: 2013-06
Technical data (For applications outside these parameters, please consult us!)
1) By default, hydraulic cylinders are primed with a coating (color gentian blue RAL 5010). Other colors upon request. With cyl-inders and attachment parts, the following surfaces are not primed or painted:
▶ All fit diameters to the customer side ▶ Sealing surfaces for line connection
The surfaces that are not painted are protected by means of a corrosion protection agent (MULTICOR LF 80).
2) The cylinders of this series have been designed for 2 million load cycles at a nominal pressure of 160/250 bar. Higher operating pressures upon request. If there are extreme loads, such as high sequence cycles, the suitability of mounting elements and threaded piston rod connections for the application must be checked due to standardized geometries.
hydraulic
Nominal pressure 2) bar [MPa] 160 [16] (with ØMM: 14, 18, 22, 28, 36, 45, 56 and 70 mm)
bar [MPa] 250 [25] (with ØMM: 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 and 125 mm)
Minimum operating pressure 3) (without load) bar [MPa] 10 [1]
Static test pressure bar [MPa] 240/375 [24/37.5]
Hydraulic fluid See table below
Hydraulic fluid temperature range °C –20 ... +80
Viscosity range mm2/s 12 ... 380 (preferably 20 ... 100)
Maximum permitted degree of contamination of the hydraulic fluid - cleanliness class according to ISO 4406 (c)
Class 20/18/15 4)
Stroke speed (depending on line connection) m/s 0.5
generalWeight kg See page 28
Installation position Any
Ambient temperature range °C –20 ... +80
Primer coat 1) μm Min. 40
Hydraulic fluid Classification Suitable sealing materials StandardsMineral oils HL, HLP NBR, FKM DIN 51524
Flame-resistant – water-free HFDR FKM ISO 12922
3) A minimum operating pressure is required in order to guarantee good functioning of the cylinder. Without load, a minimum pressure is recommend, for lower pressures, please contact us.
4) The cleanliness classes specified for the components must be adhered to in hydraulic systems. Effective filtration prevents faults and at the same time increases the life cycle of the com-ponents.
For the selection of the filters see www.boschrexroth.com/filter
� ���� ��� ��� ��� � ���
����
��
���
���������
Hydraulic cylinder, mill type | CDL2 5/28
RE 17326, edition: 2013-06, Bosch Rexroth AG
Technical data (For applications outside these parameters, please consult us!)
Life cycle:Rexroth cylinders correspond to the reliability recommen-dations for industrial applications.≥ 10000000 double strokes in idle continuous operation or 3000 km piston travel at 70 % of the nominal pressure, without load on the piston rod, with a maximum velocity of 0.5 m/s, with a failure rate of less than 5 %.
Stroke in m →
Dou
ble
stro
kes
x 10
6 →
Notice!Boundary and application conditions:
▶ The mechanical alignment of the movement axis and thus the mounting points of hydraulic cylinder and piston rod must be ensured. Lateral forces on the guides of piston rod and piston are to be avoided. It may be necessary to consider the own weight of the hydraulic cylinder (MP5 or MT4) or the piston rod.
▶ The buckling length/buckling load of the piston rod and/or the hydraulic cylinder must be observed (see page 24 and 25).
▶ The maximum admissible operating pressure must be complied with in any operating state of the hydraulic cylinder. Possible pressure intensifi cation resulting from the area ratio of annulus to piston area and possible throttling points are to be observed.
▶ Detrimental environmental infl uences, like e.g. aggres-sive fi nest particles, vapors, high temperatures, etc. as well as contaminations and deterioration of the hydraulic fl uid are to be avoided.
Standards:Rexroth standard; main dimensions like piston Ø (ØAL) and piston rod Ø (ØMM) correspond to ISO 3320.
Acceptance:Each cylinder is tested according to Rexroth standard and in compliance with ISO 10100: 2001.Safety instructions:For the assembly, commissioning and maintenance of hydraulic cylinders, the operating instructions 07100-B have to be observed!Service and repair work has to be performed by Bosch Rexroth AG or by personnel especially trained for this purpose. No warranty is accepted for damage as a consequence of assembly, maintenance or repair work not performed by Bosch Rexroth AG.Check lists for hydraulic cylinders:Cylinders the characteristics and/or application param-eters of which deviate from the values specified in the data sheet can only be offered as special version upon request. For offers, the deviations of the characteristics and/or application parameters must be described in the check lists for hydraulic cylinders (07200).
This list does not claim to be complete. In case of questions regarding the compatibility with media or exceedance of the boundary or application conditions, please contact us.
��
����
�� ��
��
6/28 CDL2 | Hydraulic cylinder, mill type
Bosch Rexroth AG, RE 17326, edition: 2013-06
Diameters, areas, forces, flow
PistonØAL
Piston rod ØMMmm
Area ratioϕ Areas
Force generated by pressure 1) F1
kN
Traction force 1)
F3
kN
Flow at0.1 m/s 2)
Max.available
stroke length
at a nominal pressure of A1/A3
PistonA1
RingA3
at a nominal pressure of
at a nominal pressure of
Off qV1
OnqV3
mm 160 bar 250 bar cm2 cm2 160 bar 250 bar 160 bar 250 bar l/min l/min mm
25 14 – 1,46 4,91 3,37 7,85 – 5,39 – 2,94 2,02 600
32 18 – 1,46 8,04 5,50 12,86 – 8,79 – 4,82 3,30 800
4022 – 1,43
12,568,76 20,10 – 14,02 –
7,545,26
1000– 25 1,64 7,65 – 31,40 – 19,13 4,59
5028 – 1,46
19,6313,47 31,40 – 21,55 –
11,788,08
1200– 32 1,69 11,59 – 49,06 – 28,97 6,95
6336 – 1,49
31,1620,98 49,85 – 33,57 –
18,6912,59
1400– 40 1,68 18,60 – 77,89 – 46,49 11,16
8045 – 1,46
50,2434,34 80,38 – 54,95 –
30,1420,61
1700– 50 1,64 30,62 – 125,60 – 76,54 18,37
10056 – 1,46
78,5053,88 125,60 – 86,21 –
47,1032,33
2000– 63 1,66 47,34 – 196,25 – 118,36 28,41
12570 – 1,46
122,6684,19 196,25 – 134,71 –
73,5950,51
2300– 80 1,69 72,42 – 306,64 – 181,04 43,45
160 – 100 1,64 200,96 122,46 – 502,40 – 306,15 120,58 73,48 2600
200 – 125 1,64 314,00 191,34 – 785,00 – 478,36 188,40 114,81 3000
1) Theoretical static cylinder force (without consideration of the efficiency and admissible load for attachment parts like e.g. swivel heads, plates or valves, etc.)
2) Stroke speed
Tolerances(dimensions in mm)
Installation dimensions WC XO/XF 1) XV/XU
Stroke tolerances
Type of mounting MF3 MP5 MT4
Stroke length Tolerances
≤ 1250 ±3 ±2 ±2 +2,5
> 1250 ... ≤ 3000 ±4 ±3 ±4 +4
1) Including stroke length
Hydraulic cylinder, mill type | CDL2 7/28
RE 17326, edition: 2013-06, Bosch Rexroth AG
Overview: Types of mounting
MP5see page 8 and 9
MF3see page 10 and 11
MT4see page 12 and 13
M00see page 14
�� ��
���
��
��
����
�� ��
�����
����������
��
��
�
��
�
��
��!��������
"�
���
���
��
���
���
��
�� ��
##
����
���
"
��!��������
�����������
��
�
��
��
��
���
���
�
���
���
��
��
�$ $�
##
�%����������
"�
�% �%
�$�
�$�
�%���������� ��
���
���
��
��
8/28 CDL2 | Hydraulic cylinder, mill type
Bosch Rexroth AG, RE 17326, edition: 2013-06
Dimensions: Type of mounting MP5(dimensions in mm)
ØAL 25 ... 32 mm
Piston rod end “E”
ØAL 40 ... 200 mm
Piston rod end “L”
Piston rod end “H”
Piston rod end “F”
Hydraulic cylinder, mill type | CDL2 9/28
RE 17326, edition: 2013-06, Bosch Rexroth AG
Dimensions: Type of mounting MP5(dimensions in mm)
ØALØMM
at a nominal pressure of KK A NV W WA ØD Y YA PJ XO XF
160 bar 250 bar
25 14 – M10 26 12 10 – 32 44 – 26 131 158
32 18 – M12 28 15 11 – 40 48 – 31 148 180
4022 – M16x1,5 22 17 13 44 50 60 91 50 140 171
– 25 M20x1,5 28 19 15 41 52 62 88 54 147 173
5028 – M20x1,5 28 22 13 50 60 62 99 57 157 194
– 32 M27x2 36 27 15 52 62 64 101 65 167 204
6336 – M27x2 36 28 14 63 75 68 117 69 182 231
– 40 M33x2 45 32 17 64 78 71 118 72 192 239
8045 – M33x2 45 36 16 76 95 84 144 76 208 268
– 50 M42x2 56 41 19 74 100 84 139 81 222 277
10056 – M42x2 56 46 18 88 120 90 160 85 227 297
– 63 M48x2 63 50 19 90 125 91 162 93 256 327
12570 – M48x2 63 60 20 106 150 99 185 93 259 345
– 80 M64x3 85 65 22 112 160 105 195 113 307 397
160 – 100 M80x3 95 85 30 118 200 124 212 120 390 478
200 – 125 M100x3 112 110 35 143 245 139 247 124 434 542
ØALØMM
at a nominal pressure of EE X1±1
X3±1
LT LF MS±2
ØCXH7
EXh12
EPmax.
EF±2
ØCN-0,008
ENh12
EUmax.
160 bar 250 bar
25 14 – G1/8 24,5 – 27 – 14,5 – – – – 10 9 7,5
32 18 – G1/4 33 – 32 – 17 – – – – 12 10 8,5
4022 – G1/4 39 29 24 23 28 20 20 16 28 – – –
– 25 G1/4 46 30 29 29 31 25 25 20 33 – – –
5028 – G3/8 45 33 31 29 33 25 25 20 33 – – –
– 32 G3/8 52 37 37 34 39 32 32 22 42 – – –
6336 – G1/2 55 40 38 34 42 32 32 22 42 – – –
– 40 G1/2 65 44 48 44 48 40 40 26 51 – – –
8045 – G1/2 65 53 46 44 51 40 40 26 51 – – –
– 50 G1/2 76 57 57 50 60 50 50 34 61 – – –
10056 – G3/4 80 63 54 50 61 50 50 34 61 – – –
– 63 G3/4 91 70 73 63 73 63 63 42 76 – – –
12570 – G3/4 95 78 65 63 76 63 63 42 76 – – –
– 80 G3/4 109 88 90 80 92 80 80 52 92 – – –
160 – 100 G1 136 97 120 – 110 100 100 72 110 – – –
200 – 125 G1 158 120 145 – 130 125 125 92 130 – – –
1) X* = stroke length2) Related bolts Ø j63) Lubricating nipple, cone head form A according to DIN 71412
�����
��
�
�$
"�
�%&$��������
�
��
�
����
�����������
���
�%�
�%$
��
'�
���
�%�
�%$
����
#�
���
�%�
�%$
#�
(�
"�
��
�%
��
��
����
�����������
���
�$
�
�
�$
&$���������
���
�%�
�%$
#�
(�
���
� #
���
10/28 CDL2 | Hydraulic cylinder, mill type
Bosch Rexroth AG, RE 17326, edition: 2013-06
Dimensions: Type of mounting MF3(dimensions in mm)
ØAL 25 ... 32 mm
ØAL 40 ... 125 mm
Piston rod end “E”
Piston rod end “H”
Hydraulic cylinder, mill type | CDL2 11/28
RE 17326, edition: 2013-06, Bosch Rexroth AG
Dimensions: Type of mounting MF3(dimensions in mm)
ØALØMM
at a nominal pressure of KK A AB NV ØB±0,3
VD WC NF ØD Y PJ
160 bar 250 bar
25 14 – M10 26 21 12 32 6 16 12 32 44 26
32 18 – M12 28 25 15 40 6 17 12 40 48 31
4022 – M16x1,5 22 – 17 50 7 20 14 50 60 50
– 25 M20x1,5 28 – 19 52 7 22 17 52 72 53
5028 – M20x1,5 28 – 22 60 7 20 16 60 62 57
– 32 M27x2 36 – 27 62 7 22 19 62 77 59
6336 – M27x2 36 – 28 75 7 21 20 75 68 71
– 40 M33x2 45 – 32 78 7 24 22 78 86 71
8045 – M33x2 45 – 36 93 7 23 25 95 84 80
– 50 M42x2 56 – 41 100 10 29 28 100 97 75
10056 – M42x2 56 – 46 120 8 26 25 120 90 89
– 63 M48x2 63 – 50 125 2) 11 30 32 125 106 89
12570 – M48x2 63 – 60 150 2) 9 29 32 150 99 97
– 80 M64x3 85 – 65 160 2) 17 39 35 160 119 102
ØALØMM
at a nominal pressure of EE ØD4 X1±1
X2±1
ZB ØFBH13
ØFC ØUCmax.
Number ofmounting bores
160 bar 250 bar
25 14 – G1/8 – 24,5 – 104 6,6 55 68 4
32 18 – G1/4 – 33 – 116 9 65 78 4
4022 – G1/4 23 39 22 124 11 85 108 4
– 25 G1/4 23 46 23 139 11 92 114 6
5028 – G3/8 27 45 27 135 13,5 100 128 4
– 32 G3/8 27 52 28 151 13,5 106 132 6
6336 – G1/2 36 55 33,5 159 17,5 120 148 4
– 40 G1/2 36 65 35 177 17,5 132 164 6
8045 – G1/2 36 65 44,5 185 22 150 188 4
– 50 G1/2 36 76 47 192 17,5 160 193 8
10056 – G3/4 43 80 57 202 22 180 218 4
– 63 G3/4 43 91 60 218 22 190 230 6
12570 – G3/4 43 95 72 221 17,5 200 238 8
– 80 G3/4 43 109 77 244 22 230 270 8
1) X* = stroke length2) Tolerance: ±0.5
$
&$�������)�����#�
������
��
��
*
��
����
��
���������)���
��
�
�$�
"
��
���
�
�
$
&$�������)���
��#�
������
��
��
*
��
��
��
���������)���
��
�
�
�����
�
�
"
��
� #
��
���
�����
&�������)���
"��%
��
��
�� ��
##
���
��� ��
12/28 CDL2 | Hydraulic cylinder, mill type
Bosch Rexroth AG, RE 17326, edition: 2013-06
Dimensions: Type of mounting MT4(dimensions in mm)
ØAL 25 ... 32 mm
ØAL 40 ... 125 mm
Piston rod end “H”
Piston rod end “F”
Piston rod end “E”
Hydraulic cylinder, mill type | CDL2 13/28
RE 17326, edition: 2013-06, Bosch Rexroth AG
Dimensions: Type of mounting MT4(dimensions in mm)
ØALØMM
at a nominal pressure of KK A AB NV W WA ØD Y YA PJ X* 2) XV XU
160 bar 250 bar min. min. max. min. max.
25 14 – M10 26 21 12 10 – 32 44 – 26 21 68 47+X* – –
32 18 – M12 28 25 15 11 – 40 48 – 31 28 78 50+X* – –
4022 – M16x1,5 22 – 17 13 44 50 60 91 50 23 94 71+X* 125 102+X*
– 25 M20x1,5 28 – 19 15 41 52 62 88 53 60 112 52+X* 138 78+X*
5028 – M20x1,5 28 – 22 13 50 60 62 99 57 32 104 72+X* 141 109+X*
– 32 M27x2 36 – 27 15 52 62 64 101 62 66 121 55+X* 158 92+X*
6336 – M27x2 36 – 28 14 63 75 68 117 71 37 119 82+X* 168 131+X*
– 40 M33x2 45 – 32 17 64 78 71 118 71 78 135 57+X* 182 104+X*
8045 – M33x2 45 – 36 16 76 95 84 144 80 51 144 93+X* 204 153+X*
– 50 M42x2 56 – 41 19 74 100 84 139 78 91 157 66+X* 212 121+X*
10056 – M42x2 56 – 46 18 88 120 90 160 89 69 162 93+X* 232 163+X*
– 63 M48x2 63 – 50 19 90 125 91 162 90 115 180 65+X* 251 136+X*
12570 – M48x2 63 – 60 20 106 150 99 185 97 85 183 98+X* 269 184+X*
– 80 M64x3 85 – 65 22 112 160 105 195 102 135 208 73+X* 298 163+X*
ØALØMM
at a nominal pressure of EE ØD4 X1±1
X2±1
ZB ZV BD UVmax.
TDf8
TL TMh12
r ØCXH7
EXh12
EPmax.
EF±2
160 bar 250 bar
25 14 – G1/8 – 24,5 – 104 – 20 66 12 10 63 1 – – – –
32 18 – G1/4 – 33 – 116 – 25 77 16 12 75 1 – – – –
4022 – G1/4 23 39 22 124 155 35 88 20 16 90 1,5 20 20 16 28
– 25 G1/4 23 46 23 129 155 40 98 25 20 95 1,5 25 25 20 33
5028 – G3/8 27 45 27 135 172 40 102 25 20 105 1,5 25 25 20 33
– 32 G3/8 27 52 28 141 178 50 114 32 25 112 1,5 32 32 22 42
6336 – G1/2 36 55 33,5 159 208 50 129 32 25 120 2 32 32 22 42
– 40 G1/2 36 65 35 162 209 60 137 40 32 125 1,5 40 40 26 51
8045 – G1/2 36 65 44,5 185 245 65 148 40 32 135 2,5 40 40 26 51
– 50 G1/2 36 76 47 182 237 75 167 50 40 150 2 50 50 34 61
10056 – G3/4 43 80 57 202 272 80 178 50 40 160 2,5 50 50 34 61
– 63 G3/4 43 91 60 204 275 100 201 63 50 180 2,5 63 63 42 76
12570 – G3/4 43 95 72 221 307 100 218 63 50 195 3 63 63 42 76
– 80 G3/4 43 109 77 230 320 120 257 80 63 224 2,5 80 80 52 92
1) X* = stroke length2) Please observe min. stroke length “X* min”.3) Trunnion position freely selectable. Always specify the dimensions
“XV/XU” in mm in the plain text when ordering.4) The specified dimensions are maximum values.5) Lubricating nipple, cone head form A according to DIN 71412
�
�
&$��������
"
�$
��
��
��
���
����������
�� ���
�
14/28 CDL2 | Hydraulic cylinder, mill type
Bosch Rexroth AG, RE 17326, edition: 2013-06
Dimensions: Type of mounting M00(dimensions in mm)
ØAL 25 ... 32 mm
ØALØMM
at a nominal pressure of KK A AB NV W ØD Y PJ EE X1±1
ZB
160 bar 250 bar
25 14 – M10 26 21 12 10 32 44 26 G1/8 24,5 104
32 18 – M12 28 25 15 11 40 48 31 G1/4 33 116
1) X* = stroke length
Piston rod end “E”
�
��
��
$�
�"
�%
��
��
�
��
�� ��
Hydraulic cylinder, mill type | CDL2 15/28
RE 17326, edition: 2013-06, Bosch Rexroth AG
Dimensions: Swivel head CGKL(dimensions in mm)
ISO 12240-4
ØAL ØMM Type Material no. KK BAmin.
C ØCN-0,008
CPmax.
ENh12
EUmax.
KW LFmin.
NV m 1)
kgC0 2)
kNFadm 3)
kN
25 14 CGKL 10 3712500031 M10 26 29 10 48 9 7,5 5 15 16 0,1 22 8,1
32 18 CGKL 12 3713200031 M12 28 34 12 54 10 8,5 6 18 18 0,1 30,4 11,2
ØAL = piston ØØMM = piston rod Ø1) m = weight of swivel head in kg2) C0 = static load rating of the swivel head in kN3) Fadm = maximum admissible load on the swivel head during oscillatory or alternating loads
Notice!Geometry and dimensions may differ depending on the manufacturer. In case of combination with other mount-ing elements, check the suitability.
��
��
�+
�%
��
��
�
�
��
�%
�����
#
#
��
16/28 CDL2 | Hydraulic cylinder, mill type
Bosch Rexroth AG, RE 17326, edition: 2013-06
Dimensions: Swivel head CGKD (clampable)(dimensions in mm)
ISO 8132
ØAL ØMM Type Material no. Nominal force
kN
AVmin.
Nmax.
CHjs13
EFmax.
ØCNH7 2)
ENh12
EUmax.
40 22 CGKD 20 R900308576 20 23 28 52 25 20 20 17,5
40 25CGKD 25 R900323332 32 29 31 65 32 25 25 22
50 28
50 32CGKD 32 R900322049 50 37 38 80 40 32 32 28
63 36
63 40CGKD 40 R900322029 80 46 47 97 50 40 40 34
80 45
80 50CGKD 50 R900322719 125 57 58 120 63 50 50 42
100 56
100 63CGKD 63 R900322028 200 64 70 140 72,5 63 63 53,5
125 70
125 80 CGKD 80 R900322700 320 86 91 180 92 80 80 68
160 100 CGKD 100 R900322030 500 96 110 210 114 100 100 85,5
200 125 CGKD 125 R900322026 800 113 135 260 160 125 125 105
Hydraulic cylinder, mill type | CDL2 17/28
RE 17326, edition: 2013-06, Bosch Rexroth AG
ØAL = piston ØØMM = piston rod Ø1) Lubricating nipple, cone head form A according to DIN 714122) Bolt Ø m6 required3) MA = tightening torque in Nm The swivel head must always be screwed against the shoulder of
the piston rod. Afterwards, the clamping screws must be tightened with the specified tightening torque
4) m = weight of swivel head in kg5) C0 = static load rating of the swivel head in kN6) Fadm = maximum admissible load on the swivel head in kN during oscillatory or alternating loads
Dimensions: Swivel head CGKD (clampable)(dimensions in mm)
Notice!Geometry and dimensions may differ depending on the manufacturer. In case of combination with other mount-ing elements, check the suitability.
ØAL ØMM Type KK LFmin.
Clamping screwsISO 4762-10.9
MA 3)
Nmm 4)
kgC0 5)
kNFadm 6)
kN40 22 CGKD 20 M16x1,5 20,5 M8x20 25 0,35 48 17,7
40 25CGKD 25 M20x1,5 25,5 M8x20 30 0,65 78 28,8
50 28
50 32CGKD 32 M27x2 30 M10x25 59 1,15 114 42,1
63 36
63 40CGKD 40 M33x2 39 M10x30 59 2,1 204 75,3
80 45
80 50CGKD 50 M42x2 47 M12x35 100 4 310 114,4
100 56
100 63CGKD 63 M48x2 58 M16x40 250 7,2 430 158,7
125 70
125 80 CGKD 80 M64x3 74 M20x50 490 15 695 265,5
160 100 CGKD 100 M80x3 94 M24x60 840 25,5 1060 391,1
200 125 CGKD 125 M100x3 116 M24x70 840 52,5 1430 527,7
���,�
��-
��
�!�+��
%�%�
,�
��
�+$
��
%��+
���,��.�#�
���,�
��-
��
�!�+��
%�%�
,�
��
�+$
18/28 CDL2 | Hydraulic cylinder, mill type
Bosch Rexroth AG, RE 17326, edition: 2013-06
CLTB 12 ... 20
Dimensions: Trunnion bracket CLTB(dimensions in mm)
CLTB 25 ... 80
ØAL ØMM Type 3) Material no. Nominal forcekN 4)
ØCRH7
CON9
FKjs12
FNmax.
FSjs14
ØHBH13
25 14 CLTB 12 R900772607 8 12 10 34 50 8 9
32 18 CLTB 16 R900772608 12,5 16 16 40 60 10 11
40 22 CLTB 20 R900772609 20 20 16 45 70 10 11
40 25CLTB 25 R900772610 32 25 25 55 80 12 13,5
50 28
50 32CLTB 32 R900772611 50 32 25 65 100 15 17,5
63 36
63 40CLTB 40 R900772612 80 40 36 76 120 16 22
80 45
80 50CLTB 50 R900772613 125 50 36 95 140 20 26
100 56
100 63CLTB 63 R900772614 200 63 50 112 180 25 33
125 70
125 80 CLTB 80 R900772615 320 80 50 140 220 31 39
ISO 8132
Hydraulic cylinder, mill type | CDL2 19/28
RE 17326, edition: 2013-06, Bosch Rexroth AG
Notice!Geometry and dimensions may differ depending on the manufacturer. In case of combination with other mount-ing elements, check the suitability.The trunnion brackets are suitable for mounting type MT4.
Dimensions: Trunnion bracket CLTB(dimensions in mm)
ØAL = piston ØØMM = piston rod Ø1) Lubricating nipple, cone head form A according to DIN 714122) Contact surface trunnion (inside)3) Bearing blocks are always supplied in pairs4) Nominal force applies to applications in pairs5) m = weight of trunnion bracket in kg (specified per pair)
ØAL ØMM Type 3) KC+0,3
l1 l2 l3 NHmax.
THjs14
ULmax.
m 5)
kg
25 14 CLTB 12 3,3 25 25 1 17 40 63 0,4
32 18 CLTB 16 4,3 30 30 1 21 50 80 0,85
40 22 CLTB 20 4,3 40 38 1,5 21 60 90 1,2
40 25CLTB 25 5,4 56 45 1,5 26 80 110 2,1
50 28
50 32CLTB 32 5,4 70 52 2 33 110 150 4,55
63 36
63 40CLTB 40 8,4 88 60 2,5 41 125 170 7,3
80 45
80 50CLTB 50 8,4 100 75 2,5 51 160 210 14,5
100 56
100 63CLTB 63 11,4 130 85 3 61 200 265 23,1
125 70
125 80 CLTB 80 11,4 160 112 3,5 81 250 325 52,3
��
��
�+$
�!%!%/��
-/
��
�-
�
���
��
�� ��
��
-%
��
��
%�
20/28 CDL2 | Hydraulic cylinder, mill type
Bosch Rexroth AG, RE 17326, edition: 2013-06
Dimensions: Clevis bracket CLCA (clampable)(dimensions in mm)
ISO 8132, form B
ØAL ØMM Type Material no.Nominal
forcekN
ØCK 1)
H9CLh16
CMA12
CON9
FGjs14
FLjs12
FOjs14
ØHBH13
25 14 CLCA 10 2) 3) 5 10 24 10 8 2 32 10 6,6
32 18 CLCA 12 2) R900542861 8 12 28 12 10 2 34 10 9
40 22 CLCA 20 R900542863 20 20 45 20 16 7,5 45 10 11
40 25CLCA 25 R900542864 32 25 56 25 25 10 55 10 13,5
50 28
50 32CLCA 32 R900542865 50 32 70 32 25 14,5 65 6 17,5
63 36
63 40CLCA 40 R900542866 80 40 90 40 36 17,5 76 6 22
80 45
80 50CLCA 50 R900542867 125 50 110 50 36 25 95 0 26
100 56
100 63CLCA 63 R900542868 200 63 140 63 50 33 112 0 33
125 70
125 80 CLCA 80 R900542869 320 80 170 80 50 45 140 0 39
160 100 CLCA 100 3) 500 100 210 100 63 52,5 180 0 52
200 125 CLCA 125 3) 800 125 270 125 80 75 230 0 52
Hydraulic cylinder, mill type | CDL2 21/28
RE 17326, edition: 2013-06, Bosch Rexroth AG
ØAL ØMM Type KC+0,3
KL LEmin.
MRmax.
RFjs14
RGjs14
ØS SL UKmax.
UXmax.
m 4)
kg
25 14 CLCA 10 2) 3,3 8 22 10 39 44 11 34 56 60 0,33
32 18 CLCA 12 2) 3,3 8 22 12 52 45 15 38 72 65 0,45
40 22 CLCA 20 4,3 10 30 20 75 70 18 58 100 95 1,5
40 25CLCA 25 5,4 10 37 25 90 85 20 69 120 115 3
50 28
50 32CLCA 32 5,4 13 43 32 110 110 26 87 145 145 4,5
63 36
63 40CLCA 40 8,4 16 52 40 140 125 33 110 185 170 8,5
80 45
80 50CLCA 50 8,4 19 65 50 165 150 40 133 215 200 13,5
100 56
100 63CLCA 63 11,4 20 75 63 210 170 48 164 270 230 23,4
125 70
125 80 CLCA 80 11,4 26 95 80 250 210 57 202 320 280 38,5
160 100 CLCA 100 12,4 30 120 100 315 250 76 246 405 345 99,2
200 125 CLCA 125 15,4 32 170 125 365 350 76 310 455 450 174,1
Dimensions: Clevis bracket CLCA (clampable)(dimensions in mm)
Notice!Geometry and dimensions may differ depending on the manufacturer. In case of combination with other mount-ing elements, check the suitability.The clevis brackets are suitable for mounting type MP5 and for mounting on the swivel head.
ØAL = piston ØØMM = piston rod Ø1) Bolt Ø m6 required
(bolt and bolt lock are included in the scope of delivery and are not mounted upon delivery)
2) 2 washers for mounting required ▶ for CLCA 10: Washer DIN 988 10x16x0.5Material no. R900061310
▶ for CLCA 12: Washer DIN 988 12x18x1Material no. R900006948
3) Upon request4) m = weight of clevis bracket in kg
��
��
�� ��
��
�-
-�
���
%�
��
�+
�$
��
�+$
�-
�
22/28 CDL2 | Hydraulic cylinder, mill type
Bosch Rexroth AG, RE 17326, edition: 2013-06
Dimensions: Clevis bracket CLCD (clampable)(dimensions in mm)
ISO 8132, form A
ØAL ØMM Type Material no.Nominal
forcekN
ØCKH9 1)
CLh16
CMA12
FLjs12
ØHBH13
KL LEmin.
25 14 CLCD 10 2) 3) 5 10 24 10 32 6,6 8 22
32 18 CLCD 12 2) R900542879 8 12 28 12 34 9 8 22
40 22 CLCD 20 R900542881 20 20 45 20 45 11 10 30
40 25CLCD 25 R900542882 32 25 56 25 55 13,5 10 37
50 28
50 32CLCD 32 R900542883 50 32 70 32 65 17,5 13 43
63 36
63 40CLCD 40 R900542884 80 40 90 40 76 22 16 52
80 45
80 50CLCD 50 R900542885 125 50 110 50 95 26 19 65
100 56
100 63CLCD 63 R900542886 200 63 140 63 112 33 20 75
125 70
125 80 CLCD 80 R900542887 320 80 170 80 140 39 26 95
160 100 CLCD 100 3) 500 100 210 100 180 45 30 120
200 125 CLCD 125 3) 800 125 270 125 230 52 32 170
Hydraulic cylinder, mill type | CDL2 23/28
RE 17326, edition: 2013-06, Bosch Rexroth AG
Dimensions: Clevis bracket CLCD (clampable)(dimensions in mm)
Notice!Geometry and dimensions may differ depending on the manufacturer. In case of combination with other mount-ing elements, check the suitability.The clevis brackets are suitable for mounting type MP5 and for mounting on the swivel head.
ØAL ØMM Type MRmax.
RCjs14
ØS SL TBjs14
URmax.
UHmax.
m 3)
kg
25 14 CLCD 10 2) 10 17 11 34 42 33 60 0,27
32 18 CLCD 12 2) 12 20 15 38 50 40 70 0,35
40 22 CLCD 20 20 32 18 58 75 58 98 0,95
40 25CLCD 25 25 40 20 69 85 70 113 1,9
50 28
50 32CLCD 32 32 50 26 87 110 85 143 3
63 36
63 40CLCD 40 40 65 33 110 130 108 170 5,5
80 45
80 50CLCD 50 50 80 40 133 170 130 220 10,6
100 56
100 63CLCD 63 63 100 48 164 210 160 270 17
125 70
125 80 CLCD 80 80 125 57 202 250 210 320 32
160 100 CLCD 100 100 160 66 246 315 260 400 74
200 125 CLCD 125 125 200 76 310 385 320 470 129
ØAL = piston ØØMM = piston rod Ø1) Bolt Ø m6 required
(bolt and bolt lock are included in the scope of delivery and are not mounted upon delivery)
2) 2 Washers for mounting required ▶ for CLCD 10: Washer DIN 988 10x16x0.5Material no. R900061310
▶ for CLCD 12: Washer DIN 988 12x18x1Material no. R900006948
3) Upon request4) m = weight of clevis bracket in kg
�
�
� �
�
�
�
�
��
��
��
24/28 CDL2 | Hydraulic cylinder, mill type
Bosch Rexroth AG, RE 17326, edition: 2013-06
Buckling
LK = 0,7 L LK = L LK = 2 L
For the admissible stroke length with flexibly guided load and a factor of 3.5 for safety against buckling, please refer to the relevant table. For other installation positions of the cylinder, the admissible stroke length must be interpo-lated. Admissible stroke length for non-guided load on request.Buckling calculations are carried out according to the following formulas:
1. Calculation according to Euler
2. Calculation according to Tetmajer
π 2 • E • IF = if λ > λg ν • LK2
Influence of the mounting type on the buckling length:
Explanation:E = module of elasticity in N/mm2
= 2,1 x 105 for steell = geometrical moment of inertia in mm4 for circular
cross-section
ν = 3,5 (safety factor)LK = free buckling length in mm (depending on the type of mounting see sketches A, B, C)d = piston rod Ø in mmλ = slenderness ratio
Re = yield strength of the piston rod ma te ri al
d 4 • π = = 0,0491 • d 4 64
d 2 • π (335-0,62 • λ)F = if λ ≤ λg 4 • ν
4 • LK E = λg = π • d 0,8 • Re
Admissible stroke length: Type of mounting MP5(dimensions in mm)
ØAL ØMM
Admissible stroke at
Installation position80 bar 160 bar 250 bar
0° 45° 90° 0° 45° 90° 0° 45° 90°
25 14 170 175 185 105 105 110 – – – 0°
45°
90°
1) Admissible stroke
32 18 230 230 250 145 145 150 – – –
4022 285 290 315 185 190 195 – – –
25 370 380 425 255 260 270 190 190 195
5028 380 390 420 255 260 265 – – –
32 490 505 570 345 350 365 260 265 270
6336 500 515 565 345 350 360 – – –
40 600 625 715 435 440 465 330 335 340
8045 610 630 705 430 440 455 – – –
50 725 755 890 535 545 580 410 415 430
10056 755 780 890 545 555 580 – – –
63 910 950 1145 685 700 755 540 545 565
12570 935 975 1125 690 705 740 – – –
80 1125 1180 1485 870 895 985 695 705 740
160 100 1350 1420 1810 1050 1085 1200 840 855 900
200 125 1645 1735 2250 1300 1340 1500 1045 1065 1130
��
��
��
��
��
��
Hydraulic cylinder, mill type | CDL2 25/28
RE 17326, edition: 2013-06, Bosch Rexroth AG
Admissible stroke length: Type of mounting MT4 2)
(dimensions in mm)
ØAL ØMM
Admissible stroke at
Installation position80 bar 160 bar 250 bar
0° 45° 90° 0° 45° 90° 0° 45° 90°
25 14 270 275 290 180 180 185 – – – 0°
45°
90°
1) Admissible stroke
32 18 355 360 385 245 245 250 – – –
4022 410 420 450 280 285 290 – – –
25 515 530 590 365 370 380 275 275 280
5028 540 555 595 375 380 390 – – –
32 680 705 790 495 500 520 380 380 390
6336 710 730 800 505 510 525 – – –
40 840 870 995 620 630 660 480 485 495
8045 860 885 985 620 625 650 – – –
50 1010 1055 1225 755 770 815 595 600 615
10056 1050 1090 1230 770 780 815 – – –
63 1265 1320 1580 965 990 1055 770 780 800
12570 1300 1350 1555 970 990 1040 – – –
80 1565 1645 2050 1230 1260 1380 995 1010 1050
Admissible stroke length: Type of mounting MF3(dimensions in mm)
ØAL ØMM
Admissible stroke at
Installation position80 bar 160 bar 250 bar
0° 45° 90° 0° 45° 90° 0° 45° 90°
25 14 600 600 600 485 485 495 – – – 0°
45°
90°
1) Admissible stroke
32 18 800 800 800 630 635 645 – – –
4022 1000 1000 1000 735 740 755 – – –
25 1000 1000 1000 935 950 985 755 760 770
5028 1200 1200 1200 955 965 990 – – –
32 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 990 1000 1025
6336 1400 1400 1400 1250 1260 1310 – – –
40 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1230 1240 1275
8045 1700 1700 1700 1530 1550 1620 – – –
50 1700 1700 1700 1700 1700 1700 1505 1520 1570
10056 2000 2000 2000 1875 1910 2000 – – –
63 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1910 1935 2000
12570 2300 2300 2300 2300 2300 2300 – – –
80 2300 2300 2300 2300 2300 2300 2300 2300 2300
2) Trunnion in cylinder center
# ' � ' � � ' ' �
26/28 CDL2 | Hydraulic cylinder, mill type
Bosch Rexroth AG, RE 17326, edition: 2013-06
Overview: Individual components
ØAL 25 ... 32 mm
Piston rod
„M“ / „V“
Piston
„M“ / „V“
1 Head2 Base3 Pipe4 Piston rod5 Piston6 Seal kit: Scraper, rod seal, piston seal, O ring, guide ring
Type of mounting MP5 Type of mounting MF3
Type of mounting MT4 Type of mounting M00
� � � � # ��
Hydraulic cylinder, mill type | CDL2 27/28
RE 17326, edition: 2013-06, Bosch Rexroth AG
Overview: Individual components
ØAL 40 ... 200 mm
Piston rod
„M“ / „V“
Piston
„M“ / „V“
1 Head2 Pipe3 Piston rod4 Piston5 Seal kit: Scraper, rod seal, piston seal, O ring, guide ring
Type of mounting MP5 Type of mounting MF3
Type of mounting MT4
Bosch Rexroth AG, RE 17326, edition: 2013-06
28/28 CDL2 | Hydraulic cylinder, mill type
Bosch Rexroth AGHydraulicsZum Eisengießer 197816 Lohr am Main, GermanyPhone +49 (0) 93 52 / [email protected]
© This document, as well as the data, specifi cations and other information set forth in it, are the exclusive property of Bosch Rexroth AG. It may not be reproduced or given to thirdparties without its consent.The data specifi ed above only serve to describe the product. No statements concerning a certain condition or suitability for a certain application can be derived from our information. The information given does not release the user from the obligation of own judgment and verifi cation. It must be remembered that our products are subject to a natural process of wear and aging.
Seal kit
Cylinder weight
Piston Piston rod Weight of cylinder with stroke length 0 mmWeight of cylinder
per 100 mm stroke length
ØALmm
ØMMmm
MP5kg
MF3kg
MT4kg
M00kg kg
25 14 1 1 1 1 0,4
32 18 2 2 2 2 0,6
4022 2 3 3 – 0,9
25 2 4 4 – 1,1
5028 3 4 5 – 1,2
32 4 5 7 – 1,5
6336 5 7 9 – 1,8
40 6 9 12 – 2,3
8045 9 13 15 – 2,9
50 11 15 20 – 3,8
10056 15 20 26 – 4,6
63 19 26 36 – 6
12570 29 35 46 – 7,2
80 38 43 67 – 10,1
160 100 67 – – – 15,1
200 125 110 – – – 22
ØALmm
ØMMmm
Material no. for seal kit for versionM V
25 14 R961008600 R961008616
32 18 R961008601 R961008617
4022 R961008602 R961008618
25 R961008603 R961008619
5028 R961008604 R961008620
32 R961008605 R961008621
6336 R961008606 R961008622
40 R961008607 R961008623
8045 R961008608 R961008624
50 R961008609 R961008625
10056 R961008610 R961008626
63 R961008611 R961008627
12570 R961008612 R961008628
80 R961008613 R961008629
160 100 R961008614 R961008630
200 125 R961008615 R961008631
RS 21548, edición: 2013-06, Bosch Rexroth AG
Válvula antirretorno,
desbloqueable hidráulicamente
Características
▶ Válvula tipo placa intermedia para usar en concatena-
ciones verticales
▶ Posición de las conexiones según DIN 24340 forma A
(sin orificio de fijación)
▶ Posición de las conexiones según ISO 4401-03-02-0-05
y NFPA T3.5.1 R2-2002 D03 (con orificio de fijación)
▶ Para bloqueo libre de fugas de una o dos conexiones
a consumidores, opcional
▶ Diferentes presiones de apertura, opcional
▶ Con preapertura, opcional
▶ Conjuntos insertables de válvula antirretorno suminis-
trables por separado
▶ Versiones especiales según consulta
Contenido
Características 1
Datos para el pedido 2
Símbolos 3
Más informaciones 3
Funcionamiento, corte 4, 5
Datos técnicos 6
Curvas características 7
Dimensiones 8
Más informaciones 9
▶ Tamaño nominal 6
▶ Serie 6X
▶ Presión de servicio máxima 315 bar [4568 psi]
▶ Caudal máximo 60 l/min [15.8 US gpm]
RS 21548
Edición: 2013-06
Reemplaza a: 07.10
tb0256
Tipo Z2S
2/10 Z2S | Válvula antirretorno
Bosch Rexroth AG, RS 21548, edición: 2013-06
Datos para el pedido
01 Válvula antirretorno, placa intermedia Z2S
02 Tamaño nominal 6 6
Bloqueo libre de fugas
03 En canales A y B –
En canal A A
En canal B B
Presión de apertura
04 1,5 bar [21.7 psi] 1
3 bar [43.5 psi] 2
6 bar [86.0 psi] 3
05 Serie 60 hasta 69 (60 hasta 69: Medidas invariadas de montaje y de conexión) 6X
06 Superficie sin protección a la corrosión 1) sin denom.
Material de juntas
07 Juntas NBR sin denom.
Juntas FKM V
La elección depende de los parámetros de servicio (fluido hidráulico, temperatura, etc.)!
Orificio de fijación
08 Sin agujero de fijación sin denom.
Con agujero de fijación /60
Con agujero de fijación y espiga elástica ISO 8752-3x8-St /62
Versiones especiales
09 Sin versión especial sin denom.
Comando a través de conexión externa G1/4 (sólo versión "A" o "B") SO40
Con preapertura SO55
Corredera de mando descargada hacia conexión T SO60
Con preapertura y comando desde canal P SO150
Símbolos (ejemplos) ver página 3
10 Otros datos en texto explícito
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10
Z2S 6 – 6X / *
1) Superficie protegida contra corrosión según consulta:
Por ej. "J50" capa espesa pasiva (DIN 50979 Fe//Zn8//Cn//T0)
2) Espiga elástica ISO 8752-3x8-St, nro. de material R900005694
(pedido por separado)
Válvula antirretorno | Z2S 3/10
RS 21548, edición: 2013-06, Bosch Rexroth AG
Tipo Z2S 6 A… Tipo Z2S 6 –… y Z2S 6 –…SO55
P A B T2
1
P A B T2
1
Tipo Z2S 6 B…
P A B T2
1
Tipo Z2S 6 A…SO40 Tipo Z2S 6 A…SO60
P A B T2
1
G1/4
P A B T2
1
Tipo Z2S 6 –…SO150
P A B T2
1
1,0
Símbolos ( = lado aparato, = lado placa)
P T
A B
1
2
A
A B
12
2
B
1
2
A
A B
12
3
B
1
2
4/10 Z2S | Válvula antirretorno
Bosch Rexroth AG, RS 21548, edición: 2013-06
Funcionamiento, cortes, ejemplo de circuito
La válvula de bloqueo Tipo Z2S es una válvula antirretorno
desbloqueable hidráulicamente en construcción de
placa intermedia.
Sirve para el bloqueo libre de fugas de una o dos conexiones
a consumidores, también para largos tiempos de paradas.
En sentido A hacia A o B hacia B el caudal fluye
libremente, en sentido contrario el caudal está bloqueado.
Si en la válvula hay flujo de A hacia A , la corredera de
mando (1) se desplaza hacia lado B y desplaza entonces al
cono (2) de su asiento. Ahora puede circular fluido hidráu-
lico de B hacia B .
Para permitir un seguro cierre del cono (2), debe descar-
garse hidráulicamente la corredera de mando (1) (ver
ejemplo de circuito).
Preapertura
▶ Mediante la construcción en dos etapas con gran rela-
ción de superficies de mando se puede descargar con
seguridad aún para presiones de mando bajas.
▶ Mediante descarga amortiguada del volumen a presión
del lado del consumidor se evitan golpes de conexión.
Tipo Z2S 6 –… (sin preapertura)
Tipo Z2S 6 A…
= lado aparato
= lado placa
1 Corredera de mando, área A2
2 Cono, área A1
3 Tope
Ejemplo de circuito,
esquemático
Avisos!
Para válvulas sin preapertura pueden ocurrir descargas
instantáneas del volumen a presión de aceite. Con los
consiguientes golpes de conexión puede ocurrir, ade-
más de la generación de ruidos, un desgaste prematuro
de los componentes instalados.
A
A B15 2
B1
2
A
A B
12
3
B
1
2 G1/4
A
A B
12 3
B
1
2T
T
4
Válvula antirretorno | Z2S 5/10
RS 21548, edición: 2013-06, Bosch Rexroth AG
Funcionamiento, cortes
Tipo Z2S 6 –…SO55
(con preapertura)
Tipo Z2S 6 A…SO40
Tipo Z2S 6 A…SO60
1 Corredera de mando,
área A2
2 Cono, área A1
3 Tope
4 Corredera de mando,
área A4
5 Preapertura, área A3
= lado aparato
= lado placa
6/10 Z2S | Válvula antirretorno
Bosch Rexroth AG, RS 21548, edición: 2013-06
Datos técnicos (¡consúltenos en caso de utilizar el equipo fuera de los valores indicados!)
hidráulica
Presión de servicio máxima bar [psi] 315 [4568]
Presión de apertura en sentido de flujo libre Ver curvas características en página 7
Caudal máximo l/min [US gpm] 60 [15.8]
Dirección del caudal Ver símbolos página 3
Fluido hidráulico Ver tabla abajo
Rango de temperatura del fluido hidráulico
(en las conexiones de trabajo de la válvula)
°C [°F] –30 … +80 [–22 … +176] (juntas NBR)
–20 … +80 [–4 … +176] (juntas FKM)
Rango de viscosidad mm2/s [SUS] 2,8 … 500 [35 … 2320]
Grado de ensuciamiento máximo admisible del fluido hidráulico
clase de pureza según ISO 4406 (c)
Clase 20/18/15 1)
Relación de áreas – Sin preapertura A1/A2 ~ 1/3,5 (ver plano en corte página 4)
– Con preapertura A3/A2 ~ 1/12,5 (ver plano en corte página 5)
– Versión "SO60" A1/A4 ~ 1/7 (ver plano en corte página 5)
generales
Masa kg [lbs] Aprox. 0,8 [1.76]
Posición de montaje A voluntad
Rango de temperatura ambiente °C [°F] –30 … +80 [–22 … +176] (juntas NBR)
–20 … +80 [–4 … +176] (juntas FKM)
1) En los sistemas hidráulicos se deben mantener las clases de pureza
indicadas para los componentes. Una filtración efectiva evita fallas
y aumenta simultáneamente la vida útil de los componentes.
Para seleccionar los filtros ver www.boschrexroth.com/filter.
¡Aviso!
La elección del material de juntas óptimo (ver datos
para el pedido página 2) depende también del tipo
de fluido hidráulico utilizado.
Fluido hidráulico Clasificación Materiales de junta adecuados Normas
Aceites minerales HL, HLP, HLPD NBR, FKM DIN 51524
Biodegradables – insoluble en agua HETG NBR, FKM VDMA 24568
HEES FKM
– soluble en agua HEPG FKM VDMA 24568
Difícilmente inflamable – no acuoso HFDU, HFDR FKM ISO 12922
– acuoso HFC (Fuchs Hydrotherm 46M,
Petrofer Ultra Safe 620)
NBR ISO 12922
Avisos importantes sobre fluidos hidráulicos!
▶ Más informaciones e indicaciones para la utilización de otros
fluidos hidráulicos, ver catálogo 90220 o según consulta!
▶ ¡Es posible que haya restricciones para datos técnicos de válvula
(temperatura, rango de presión, vida útil, intervalos de manteni-
miento, etc.)!
▶ El punto de inflamación del fluido hidráulico empleado debe
estar 40 K por encima de la temperatura superficial máxima
del solenoide.
▶ Difícilmente inflamable – acuoso:
– Presión de servicio máxima 210 bar
– Temperatura del fluido hidráulico máxima 60 °C
– Vida útil 30 hasta 100 % en comparación con servicio con
aceite mineral HL, HLP
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
10 20 30 40 50 60
1
3
4
52
0
[1][0] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [15.85]
0[0]
[50]
[100]
[150]
[200]
[250]
[7] [8] [9] [10] [11] [12] [13] [14] [15]
[261]
Válvula antirretorno | Z2S 7/10
RS 21548, edición: 2013-06, Bosch Rexroth AG
Caudal en l/min [US gpm] →
Dif
ere
ncia
de p
resió
n e
n b
ar
[psi
] →
Curvas características ∆p-qV
Presión de apertura:
1 1,5 bar [21.7 psi]
2 3 bar [43.5 psi]
3 6 bar [87.0 psi]
4 Válvula antirretorno comandada por corredera de mando
5 Caudal libre (sin conjunto de válvula antirretorno), ver-
sión "A" o "B" 1,2,3 4 1,2,3 4
2
1
5 1,2,3 4
2
1
Curvas características (medidas con HLP46, aceite = 40 ± 5 °C [104 ± 9 °F])
44,5
40
80L1
A B
24,5
L1
P
A
T
B
4 x 5,419 364
F1 F2
F4 F3G
7
57
1
2
[3.15] [1.75]
[0.9
6]
[1.5
7]
[0.75]
[0.28]
[¯0.21]
2[0
.079
]
0,01/100[0.0004/4.0]
Rzmax 4
8/10 Z2S | Válvula antirretorno
Bosch Rexroth AG, RS 21548, edición: 2013-06
Lado aparato – posición de las conexiones según
DIN 24340 forma A (sin agujero de fijación),
o ISO 4401-03-02-0-05 (con agujero de fijación Ø4 x 4 mm
prof.) y NFPA T3.5.1 R2-2002 D03
Lado placa – posición de las conexiones según
DIN 24340 forma A (sin agujero de fijación),
o ISO 4401-03-02-0-05 (con agujero de fijación para espiga
elástica ISO 8752-3x8-St; versión "/60" y "/62")
y NFPA T3.5.1 R2-2002 D03
3 Placa de características
4 Agujero pasante para sujeción de la válvula
5 Juntas anulares idénticas para conexiones A, B, P, T
6 Espiga elástica ISO 8752-3x8-St (sólo versión "/62")
7 Tornillo de cierre SW22
Tornillos de sujeción de las válvulas (pedido por separado)
4 tornillos cilíndricos ISO 4762 - M5 - 10.9
4 tornillos cilíndricos N10-24 UNC
¡Aviso!
El largo de los tornillos de sujeción de las válvulas tipo placa
intermedia debe elegirse de acuerdo a los componentes monta-
dos por debajo y por arriba de la válvula de bloqueo.
El tipo de tornillo y torque de apriete deben adaptarse a las
condiciones de la aplicación.
Por favor pregunten a Rexroth sobre el largo necesario de tornillos.
L1 en mm [inch]
"sin denom." "SO40" "SO55" "SO60" "SO150"
11 [0.43] 11 [0.43] 11 [0.43] 21,5 1) [0.85] 11 [0.43] 21,5 [0.85]
1) Medida máxima del lado del conjunto de válvula antirretorno
Dimensiones (medidas en mm [inch])
Terminación requerida para la
superficie de montaje de la válvula
1/14
Información sobre repuestos suministrables: www.boschrexroth.com/spc
Válvula direccional de asiento de 2/2, 3/2 y 3/2 vías con accionamiento mecánico, manual, neumático o hidráulico
Tipo M-.S..
Tamaño nominal 6 y 10Serie 3XPresión de servicio máxima 420/630 barCaudal máximo 40 l/min
RS 22340/10.06
Indice Características
– Válvula direccional de asiento, de mando directo, con acciona-miento mecánico, manual, neumático o hidráulico
– Posición de las conexiones según DIN 24340 forrma A (sin
perforación de fijación)
– Conmutaciones seguras aún en caso de tiempos de parada prolongados bajo presión
– Tipos de accionamientos: • mecánico (tope de rodillo) • manual (palanca de mano) • hidráulico • neumático
– Control de posición inductivo (sin contacto), opcional, ver RS 24830.
H7401+7402+7403
Contenido Página
Características 1
Código de pedido 2
Tipos de accionamiento 2
Función, corte, símbolos 3 y 4
Características técnicas 5
Curvas características 6, 7
Límites de potencia 8
Dimensiones 9 hasta13
Estrangulador insertable 14
Válvula antirretorno insertable 14
Indicaciones generales 14
2/14 Bosch Rexroth AG Hydraulics M-.S.. RS 22340/10.06
Código de pedido
2 conex. principales (sólo TN6) = 2
3 conexiones principales = 3
4 conexiones principales = 4
Válvula de asiento, mando directo
accionamiento hidráulico = SH
accionamiento neumático = SP
accionamiento manual (palanca) = SMM
accionamiento mecánico (rodillo) = SMR
tamaño nominal 6 = 6
tamaño nominal 10 = 10
Conexiones principales 2 1) 3 4
Sím
bo
loe
T
P
aa b
b= – – = P
T
P
aa b
b= – – = N
A
P T
a
a b
b– = – = U
A
P T
a
a b
b– = – = C
a b
A B
P T
a b– – = = D
a b
A B
P T
a b– – = = Y
= = disponible
M 3X *
Otros datos en texto complementario
Material de junta
sin desig. = juntas NBR
V = juntas FKM
(otras juntas a pedido)
Atención!
Tener en cuenta la compatibilidad de la junta con el fluido hidráulico utilizado!
sin desig. = sin válvula antirretorno insertable, sin estrangulador insertable
P = con válvula antirretorno insertable
B12 = Ø de estrangulador 1,2 mm
B15 = Ø de estrangulador 1,5 mm
B18 = Ø de estrangulador 1,8 mm
B20 = Ø de estrangulador 2,0 mm
B22 = Ø de estrangulador 2,2 mm
Otros diafragmas a pedido
Equipamiento adicional
Control de posición inductivo ver RS 24830
sin desig. = sin control de posición
QMAG24 = punto conmutación supervisado “a“
QMBG24 = punto conmutación supervisado “b“
420 = presión de servicio 420 bar
630 = presión de servicio 630 bar
sin desig. = sin fiador
F = con fiador (sólo tipo SMM)
3X = serie 30 hasta 39 (30 hasta 39: medidas de instalación y conexiones invariables)
Tipos de accionamiento
Hidráulico
“SH“Neumático
“SP“Tope de rodillo
“SMR“Palanca manual
“SMM“
a a b b a b ba a a b b a a b b
“SMM…F“
a a b b
4
5
6
3
T
A
P
1 7
2
T P
4
5
6
1 7
2
Hydraulics Bosch Rexroth AGRS 22340/10.06 M-.S.. 3/14
Función, corte, símbolos: válvula direccional de asiento de 2/2 y 3/2 vías
De la disposición de asiento resultan las siguientes posibilidades:
Válvula direccional de asiento de 2/2 vías
Símbolo “P“
T
P
aa b
b
Posición inicial P y T unidas
Punto de conmutación P cerrada
Símbolo “N“
T
P
aa b
b
Posición inicial P cerrada
Punto de conmutación P y T unidas
Válvula direccional de asiento de 3/2 vías
Símbolo “U“
A
P T
a
a b
b
Posición inicial P y A unidas, T cerrada
Punto de conmutación P cerrada, A y T unidas
Símbolo “C“
A
P T
a
a b
b
Posición inicial P cerrada, A y T unidas
Punto de conmutación P y A unidas, T cerrada
Generalidades
La válvula tipo M-.S es una válvula direccional de asiento con ac-cionamiento mecánico, manual, neumático o hidráulico. Coman-da arranque, parada y sentido de caudal y consta básicamente de carcasa (1), accionamiento (2), sistema de válvula templado (3), así como bola/pistón (4) como cuerpo de cierre.
Principio básico
En posición inicial la bola/pistón (4) es presionada contra el asiento por el resorte (7), en el punto de conmutación por el co-rrespondiente tipo de accionamiento (2). La fuerza del acciona-miento actúa mediante la bola (5) sobre el tope de accionamien-to (6), el cual es estanco a ambos lados. El espacio entre ambos elementos de cierre hermético está unido con la conexión P. Por esto el sistema de válvula (3) está compensado en presión a la fuerza de accionamiento (accionamiento o resorte de retorno). Debido a esto las válvulas pueden emplearse hasta 630 bar.
Observación!
Las válvulas direccionales de asiento de 3/2 vías tienen “solapa-miento de conmutación negativo“. Por ello la conexión T siem-pre debe estar conectada. Esto significa que durante el proceso de conmutación, desde el comienzo de la apertura de un asien-to de válvula hasta el cierre del otro asiento de válvula, las co-nexiones P-A-T están unidas entre sí. No obstante, este proceso sucede en un lapso de tiempo tan breve que es insignificante para casi todos los casos de aplicación.
Atención!
Se debe prestar atención que no se excedan los caudales máxi-mos indicados! En caso contrario se debe emplear un estrangu-lador insertable para la limitación de caudal (ver pág. 14)
Accio
na
mie
nto
Accio
na
mie
nto
Tipos de accionamiento ver páginas 2 y 13
Tipo M-2S.. 6 N… Tipo M-3S.. 6 U…
A
T B P
PT
4.2 15 11 4.1
12 14 13
9
16
T
B
P
A
4.2
15
4.1
9
11
4/14 Bosch Rexroth AG Hydraulics M-.S.. RS 22340/10.06
Con una placa intermedia, la placa Plus-1, se logra la función de una válvula direccional de asiento de 4/2 vías con la válvula direccional de asiento de 3/2 vías.
Función de la placa Plus-1:
Posición inicial
La válvula principal no está accionada. El resorte (9) mantiene la bola (4.1) sobre el asiento (11). La conexión P está cerrada y A unida con T. Además un conducto de mando va desde A has-ta la gran superficie del pistón de mando (12) que se descar-ga hacia el depósito. La presión existente en P mueve ahora la bola (13) sobre el asiento (14). De este modo se unen P con B y A con T.
Punto de transición
Durante el accionamiento de la válvula principal el pistón (4.2) se mueve contra el resorte (9) y se presiona contra el asiento (15). En este momento la conexión T se cierra, P, A y B están brevemente unidas.
Función, corte, símbolos, representación esquemática: válvula direccional de asiento de 4/2 vías
Representación esquemática: posición inicial
Punto de conmutación
P está unida con A. Debido a la presión de la bomba que ac-túa a través de A sobre la gran superficie del pistón de mando (12), se presiona la bola (13) contra el asiento (16). De esta for-ma está unida B con T y P con A. La bola (13) en la placa Plus-1 tiene "solapamiento de conmutación positivo".
Para evitar transferencias de presión cuando se utilizan ci-
lindros diferenciales, se deben conectar con A las superfi-
cies anulares del cilindro.
Del uso de la placa Plus-1 y la disposición de asiento resultan las siguientes posibilidades:
Símbolo "D": a b
A B
P T
a b
Símbolo "Y": a b
A B
P T
a b
Accio
na
mie
nto
Tipos de accionamiento ver páginas 2 y 13
Tipo M-4S.. 6 Y…
Hydraulics Bosch Rexroth AGRS 22340/10.06 M-.S.. 5/14
Características técnicas (para utilización con valores distintos, consúltenos!)
1) Adecuado para juntas NBR y FKM2) Adecuado sólo para juntas FKM3) Las clases de pureza indicadas para los componentes del sistema hidráulico deben ser mantenidas. Un filtrado efectivo evita averías y aumenta simultáneamente la vida útil de los componentes.
Para la selección del filtro ver catálogos RS 50070, RS 50076, RS 50081, RS 50086 y RS 50088.
Generalidades
Tamaño nominal TN 6 10
Tipo SH SP SMR SMM SH SP SMR SMM
Masa – válv. direcc. asiento 2/2 vías kg 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 – – – –
– válv. direcc. asiento 3/2 vías kg 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 2,45 2,45 2,45 2,45
– válv. direcc. asiento 4/2 vías kg 2,2 2,2 2,2 2,2 3,3 3,3 3,3 3,3
Posición de montaje a elección
Rango de temperatura ambiente °C –30 hasta +50 (juntas NBR) –20 hasta +50 (juntas FKM)
Presión de mando – mínima bar 5 3 – – 5 3 – –
– máxima bar 210 12 – – 210 12 – –
Fuerza accionamiento – máxima N – – 250 50 – – 250 50
Hidráulicas
Presión de servicio máxima bar ver tabla página 8
Caudal máximo l/min 25 40
Fluido hidráulico Aceite mineral (HL, HLP) según DIN 51524 1); fluidos hidráulicos rápidamente degradables en forma biológica según VDMA 24568 (ver también RS 90221); HETG (aceite de colza) 1); HEPG (poligli-col) 2); HEES (éster sintético) 2); otros fluidos a pedido
Rango de temperatura del fluido hidráulico °C –30 hasta +80 (juntas NBR)–20 hasta +80 (juntas FKM)
Rango de viscosidad mm2/s 2,8 hasta 500
Grado máximo admisible de impurezas del fluido hidráulico clase de pureza según ISO 4406 (c)
clase 20/18/15 3)
22
20
16
12
8
4
4 8 12 16 20 24 2500
2
1
22
20
16
12
8
4
4 8 12 16 20 24 2500
2
1
3
22
20
16
12
8
4
4 8 12 16 20 24 2500
21
3
12
10
8
6
4
2
4 8 12 10 20 242500
630600
400
500
300
200
100
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 25
B12
B15
B18
B20B22
6/14 Bosch Rexroth AG Hydraulics M-.S.. RS 22340/10.06
Curvas características: TN6 (medidas con HLP46, ϑac = 40 °C ± 5 °C)
Diferencia de presión en bar →
Diferencia de presión en bar →
Caudal en l/min →Caudal en l/min →
Válvula direccional de asiento de 2/2 vías Válvula direccional de asiento de 3/2 vías
1 M-3S.. 6U
…, A hacia TC
2 M-3S.. 6 U …, P hacia A
3 M-3S.. 6 C …, P hacia A
1 M-2S.. 6 N …, P hacia T
2 M-3S.. 6 P …, P hacia T
1 M-4S.. 6D
…, A hacia TY
2 M-4S.. 6D
…, P hacia AY
3 M-4S.. 6D
…, P hacia B y B hacia TY
Diferencia de presión en bar →
Caudal en l/min →
Válvula direccional de asiento de 4/2 vías
Diferencia de presión en bar →
Diferencia de presión en bar →
Válvula antirretorno insertable Estrangulador insertable
Caudal en l/min →Caudal en l/min →
Curvas características Δp-qV
30
25
20
15
10
5
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
13
42
30
25
20
15
10
5
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
1
3
4
2
12
10
8
6
4
2
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42
600
500
400
300
200
100
0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42
B20
B22
B12 B15
B18
Hydraulics Bosch Rexroth AGRS 22340/10.06 M-.S.. 7/14
Curvas características: TN10 (medidas con HLP46, ϑac = 40 °C ± 5 °C)
Diferencia de presión en bar →
Diferencia de presión en bar →
Caudal en l/min →Caudal en l/min →
válvula direccional de asiento de 3/2 vías Válvula direccional de asiento de 4/2 vías
1 M-3S.. 10 C …, P hacia A
2 M-3S.. 10 C …, A hacia T
3 M-3S.. 10 U …, P hacia A
4 M-3S.. 10 U …, A hacia T
1 M-4S.. 10D
…, A hacia TY
2 M-4S.. 10D
…, P hacia AY
3 M-4S.. 10D
…, P hacia BY
4 M-4S.. 10D
…, B hacia TY
Diferencia de presión en bar →
Diferencia de presión en bar →
Válvula antirretorno insertable Estrangulador insertable
Caudal en l/min →Caudal en l/min →
Curvas características Δp-qV
8/14 Bosch Rexroth AG Hydraulics M-.S.. RS 22340/10.06
Límites de potencia (medidos con HLP46, ϑac = 40 °C ± 5 °C)
Símbolo Nota
Presión de servicio máxima
en bar Caudal en l/min
P A B T TN6 TN10
Co
nm
uta
ció
n d
e 2
po
sic
ion
es
(válvula direcc. asiento 2/2 vías)
P
T
P
aa b
b
pP ≥ pT
420/ 630
100 25 40
N
T
P
aa b
b
420/ 630
100 25 40
Co
nm
uta
ció
n d
e 2
po
sic
ion
es
(válvula direcc. asiento 3/2 vías)
sólo como función de descarga
U
A
P T
a
a b
b
Previo al cambio de posición inicial a punto de conmuta-ción debe haber presión en la conexión A. pA ≥ pT
420/ 630
100 25 40
C
A
P T
a
a b
bpA ≥ pT
420/ 630
100 25 40
Co
nm
uta
ció
n d
e 3
po
sic
ion
es
U
A
P T
a
a b
b
pP ≥ pA ≥ pT
420/ 630
420/ 630
100 25 40
C
A
P T
a
a b
b
420/ 630
420/ 630
100 25 40
Co
nm
uta
ció
n d
e 4
po
sic
ion
es
(caudal posible sólo en el sentido
de la flecha)
D a b
A B
P T
a b
Válvula direccional de 3/2 vías (símbolo "U") en com-binación con placa Plus-1: pP > pA ≥ pB > pT
420/ 630
420/ 630
420/ 630
100 25 40
Y a b
A B
P T
a b
Válvula direccional de 3/2 vías (símbolo "C") en com-binación con placa Plus-1: pP > pA ≥ pB > pT
420/ 630
420/ 630
420/ 630
100 25 40
Atención!
Tener en cuenta las indicaciones generales de página 14!
Contenido
Características 1Datos para el pedido 2Datos para el pedido 3Funcionamiento, corte, símbolo 3Datos técnicos (póngase en contacto con nosotros en caso de utilización del aparato fuera de los valores indicados) 4Curvas características (medidas con HLP46, ϑaceite = 40 ± 5 °C [104 ± 9 °F]) 5Dimensiones: Conexión roscada (medidas en mm [pulgadas]) 6Dimensiones: Válvula para enroscar (medidas en mm [pulgadas]) 7Dimensiones: Válvula para enroscar (medidas en mm [pulgadas]) 8Dimensiones: Montaje sobre placa (medidas en mm [pulgadas]) 9Dimensiones: montaje sobre placa (medidas en mm [pulgadas]) 10Datos para el pedido: Válvulas de seguridad de diseño homologado tipo DBD 1) 11
Datos técnicos diferentes: Válvulas de seguridad de diseño homologado tipo DBD 1) 11
Dimensiones: recorte de chapa para montaje en el panel frontal con válvulas de seguridad de diseño homologado del tipo DBD 1) (Medidas en mm [pulgadas]) 12Curvas características: Válvulas de seguridad de diseño homologado tipo DBD 1) 13
Avisos de seguridad: Válvulas de seguridad de diseño homologado tipo DBD 1) 14
Avisos de seguridad: Válvulas de seguridad de diseño homologado tipo DBD 1) 15
Indicaciones de seguridad: Válvulas de seguridad de diseño homologado tipo DBD 1) 16
Más información 16
RS 25402, edición: 2014-08, Bosch Rexroth AG
Válvula limitadora de presión, de mando directo
Características
▶ Como válvula para enroscar (cartucho) ▶ Para conexión roscada ▶ Para montaje sobre placa ▶ Tipos de variadores para ajuste de presión, a elección:
– Casquillo con hexágono y capuchón protector – Botón giratorio – Volante – Botón giratorio cerrable
▶ Tamaño nominal 6 ... 30 ▶ Serie 1X ▶ Presión de servicio máxima 630 bar [9150 psi] ▶ Caudal máximo 330 l/min [87 US gpm]
RS 25402 Edición: 2014-08Reemplaza a: 10.10
H5585
Tipo DBD
Contenido
Características 1Datos para el pedido 2, 3Funcionamiento, corte, símbolo 3Datos técnicos 4Curvas características 5Dimensiones: 6 ... 10
Válvulas de seguridad de diseño homologado tipo DBD…E, según la Directiva de dispositivos a presión 97/23/CE(en lo sucesivo, abreviado como DDP)Datos para el pedido 11Datos técnicos diferentes 11Dimensiones 12Curvas características 13Avisos de seguridad 14 ... 16Más información 16
2/16 DBD | Válvula limitadora de presión
Bosch Rexroth AG, RS 25402, edición: 2014-08
Datos para el pedido
01 Válvula limitadora de presión, de mando directo DBD
Tipo de variador para ajuste de presión02 TN6 TN8 TN10 TN15 TN20 TN25 TN30
Casquillo con hexágono y capuchón protector ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ SBotón giratorio 1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – HVolante 2) – – – – – ✓ ✓ HBotón giratorio cerrable 1,3,5) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – A
03 Tamaño nominal 6 (conexión G1/4) 6Tamaño nominal 8 (conexión G3/8) 8Tamaño nominal 10 (conexión G1/2) 10Tamaño nominal 15 (conexión G3/4) 15Tamaño nominal 20 (conexión G1) 20Tamaño nominal 25 (conexión G1 1/4) 25Tamaño nominal 30 (conexión G1 1/2) 30
Tipo de conexión04 TN6 TN8 TN10 TN15 TN20 TN25 TN30
Como válvula para enroscar (cartucho) ✓ – ✓ – ✓ – ✓ KPara conexión roscada 4) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ GPara montaje sobre placa ✓ – ✓ – ✓ – ✓ P
05 Serie 10-1Z (10-1Z: medidas de montaje y de conexión invariables) 1X
Nivel de presión 6)
06 TN6 TN8 TN10 TN15 TN20 TN25 TN30Presión de ajuste hasta 25 bar [362 psi] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 25Presión de ajuste hasta 50 bar [725 psi] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 50Presión de ajuste hasta 100 bar [1450 psi] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 100Presión de ajuste hasta 200 bar [2900 psi] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 200Presión de ajuste hasta 315 bar [4568 psi] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 315Presión de ajuste hasta 400 bar [5800 psi] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – 400Presión de ajuste hasta 630 bar [9150 psi] – – ✓ – – – – 630
Material de juntas07 Juntas NBR Sin denom.
Juntas FKM VAtención Tener en cuenta la compatibilidad de la junta con el fluido hidráulico utilizado (Otras juntas a petición)
Conexión de tubería08 Rosca para tubos según ISO 228/1 Sin denom.
Rosca SAE 12
Directiva sobre dispositivos09 Sin prueba de homologación Sin denom.
Válvula de seguridad de diseño homologado según DDP 97/23/CE E
10 Otros datos en texto explícito
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10
DBD 1X / *
Aviso: los tipos preferentes y dispositivos estándar están relacionados en la EPS (Lista de precios estándar).
Para la explicación de las anotaciones, ver página 3.
T
P
T
P
5 1 2 3 6
T
P
T
P
5 1 2 4
P
T
Válvula limitadora de presión | DBD 3/16
RS 25402, edición: 2014-08, Bosch Rexroth AG
Datos para el pedido
1) En el tamaño nominal 20, solo es posible el suministro para los niveles de presión de 25, 50 o 100 bar.
2) Solo es posible el suministro para los niveles de presión de 25, 50 o 100 bar.
3) La llave con nro. de material R900008158 está incluida en el suministro.
4) No puede efectuarse el suministro en el caso de válvulas de
seguridad de diseño homologado del tamaño nominal 8, 15 y 25.5) No puede suministrarse en caso de válvulas de seguridad de
diseño homologado.6) Al seleccionar el nivel de presión, tener en cuenta las curvas
características y los avisos de la página 5.7) En el caso de las versiones “G” y “P”, solo disponible como
“SO292”, ver las páginas 6 y 9.
Las válvulas limitadoras de presión del tipo DBD son válvu-las de asiento de mando directo. Sirven para la limitación de la presión de un sistema.Las válvulas están compuestas principalmente por el casquillo (1), el resorte (2), el cono con pistón de amorti-guación (3) (nivel de presión 25-400 bar) o bola (4) (nivel de presión 630 bar) y el tipo de variador (5). El ajuste de la presión del sistema se efectúa de manera continua a través del tipo de variador (5). El resorte (2) presiona al cono (3) o a la bola (4) contra su asiento. El canal P está unido al sistema. La presión del sistema actúa sobre la
superficie del cono (o la bola).Si aumenta la presión en el canal P por encima del valor ajustado en el resorte (2), el cono (3) o la bola (4) se abre contra el resorte (2). Ahora fluye fluido hidráulico del canal P al canal T. La carrera del cono (3) queda limitada por la impresión (6).Para obtener un buen ajuste de presión en todo el rango de presión, el rango de presión completo se ha dividido en 7 niveles de presión. Un nivel de presión corresponde a un resorte determinado para una presión de servicio máxima que se puede ajustar con el mismo.
Tipo DBDS..K1X/…Versión nivel de presión 25-400 bar (válvula de asiento cónico)
Símbolo
Tipo DBDH 10 K1X/…Versión nivel de presión 630 bar (válvula de asiento a bola, solamente TN10)
Funcionamiento, corte, símbolo
Avisos: ▶ El tipo de variador (5) está construido de forma que no se pierda. Gracias a la suspensión cardán, el varia-dor permanece suelto (móvil) en el tipo de variador (5) en caso de descarga total.
▶ Nivel de presión “25”:Si la presión mínima no se ajusta a pesar de que el tipo de variador esté completa-mente descargado, el varia-dor deberá “retirarse” hasta el tope debido a la escasa fuerza del resorte o de retroceso.
▶ Para el ajuste o el aumento de presión puede volver a enroscarse el variador.
4/16 DBD | Válvula limitadora de presión
Bosch Rexroth AG, RS 25402, edición: 2014-08
Datos técnicos (póngase en contacto con nosotros en caso de utilización del aparato fuera de los valores indicados)
1) En los sistemas hidráulicos se deben respetar las clases de pureza indicadas para los componentes. Una filtración efectiva evita averías y alarga al mismo tiempo la vida útil de los compo-nentes.
Para seleccionar los filtros, consultar el sitio web www.bos-chrexroth.com/filter.
Datos técnicos diferentes para válvulas de seguridad con diseño homologado, ver página 11.
Fluido hidráulico Clasificación Materiales de junta adecuados
Normas
Aceites minerales HL, HLP NBR, FKM DIN 51524Biodegradable – insoluble en agua HETG NBR, FKM ISO 15380
HEES FKM– soluble en agua HEPG FKM ISO 15380
Avisos importantes sobre fluidos hidráulicos. ▶ Para más información e indicaciones para la aplicación de otros fluidos hidráulicos, ver catálogo 90220 o previa petición.
▶ Es posible que haya restricciones para datos técnicos de la válvula (temperatura, rango de presión, vida útil, intervalos de mantenimiento, etc.).
HidráulicosPresión de servicio máxima – Entrada bar [psi] 400 [5800] 630 [9150] 400 [5800] 315 [4568]
– Salida bar [psi] 315 [4568] 315 [4568] 315 [4568] 315 [4568]Caudal máximo (válvulas estándar) Ver curvas características en página 5Fluido hidráulico Ver tabla abajoRango de temperatura del fluido hidráulico °C [°F] –30 … +80 [-22 … +176] (juntas NBR)
–15 … +80 [5 … 176] (juntas FKM)Rango de viscosidad mm2/s [SUS] 10 … 800 [60 … 3710]Grado de ensuciamiento máximo admisible del fluido hidráulico con clase de pureza según ISO 4406 (c)
Clase 20/18/15 1)
GeneralesTamaño nominal TN 6, 8 10 15, 20 25, 30Masa Ver páginas 6, 8 y 10Posición de montaje A voluntadRango de temperatura ambiente °C [°F] –30 … +80 [-22 … +176] (juntas NBR)
–15 … +80 [5 … 176] (juntas FKM)Resistencia mínima del material de la carcasa Los materiales de la carcasa deben elegirse de forma que propor-
cionen la suficiente seguridad para todas las condiciones operati-vas imaginables (p. ej., en relación a la resistencia a la presión, seguridad de desprendimiento de la rosca y torques de apriete).
Aviso:las contrapresiones hidráulicas en la conexión T se suman 1:1 a la presión de respuesta ajustada en el tipo de variador de la válvula.
Ejemplo: ▶ Ajuste de presión de la válvula mediante precompresión del resorte (Pos. 2 en página 3) presorte = 200 bar
▶ Contrapresión hidráulica en la conexión T: phidráulica = 50 bar ▶ ⇒ presión de respuesta = presorte + phidráulica = 250 bar
1
450
400
300
200
100
50
10 20 30 40 500
[2][0] [4] [6] [8] [10] [13.2]
0
[6526]
[0]
[1000]
[12]
[2000]
[3000]
[4000]
[5000]
[6000]
450
400
200
300
100
50
50 100 150 200 25000
[6526]
[0]
[1000]
[2000]
[3000]
[4000]
[5000]
[6000]
[10][0] [20] [30] [40] [50] [66][60]
500
400
300
200
10050
20 40 60 80 100 1200
[4][0] [8] [12] [16] [20] [31.7][24]
0[0]
[1000]
[2000]
[3000]
[4000]
[5000]
[6000]
[28]
600650
[7000]
[8000]
[9427]
1
350
300
200
50
100
100 200 300 3500
[0]
0
[5076]
[0]
[1000]
[2000]
[3000]
[4000]
150
250
[92.5][10] [20] [30] [40] [50] [60] [70] [80]
Válvula limitadora de presión | DBD 5/16
RS 25402, edición: 2014-08, Bosch Rexroth AG
Caudal en l/min [US gpm]→
Caudal en l/min [US gpm]→
Caudal en l/min [US gpm]→
Caudal en l/min [US gpm]→
Pres
ión
de s
ervi
cio
en b
ar [p
si] →
Pres
ión
de s
ervi
cio
en b
ar [p
si] →
Pres
ión
de s
ervi
cio
en b
ar [p
si] →
Pres
ión
de s
ervi
cio
en b
ar [p
si] →
Tamaño nominal 6
Tamaño nominal 15 y 20
1 = presión más baja ajustable = Nivel de presión 630 bar [9150 psi] (solamente TN10)
Tamaño nominal 8 y 10
Tamaño nominal 25 y 30
Curvas características (medidas con HLP46, ϑaceite = 40 ± 5 °C [104 ± 9 °F])
Avisos ▶ Las curvas características son válidas para la presión en la salida de la válvula p = 0 bar a lo largo de todo el rango de caudal.
▶ Las curvas características son válidas únicamente con las condiciones ambientales y de temperatura indicadas. Debe tenerse en cuenta que el recorrido de las curvas característi-cas queda afectado por cualquier divergencia de las condicio-nes secundarias.
▶ Las curvas características se refieren a los niveles de presión indicados (p. ej. 200 bar). Cuanto más se aleje el valor de ajuste de presión del nivel de presión nominal (p. ej. < 200 bar), mayor será el aumento de la presión con un caudal cada vez mayor.
L6
(P)
P
T
(P)
PT
D1 D4; T2
L2L1
L4L5
L3B1 B2
H2
H1
D2; T1 B1
3
4
2D3
1,5
[0.0
6]
==
1.1
6/16 DBD | Válvula limitadora de presión
Bosch Rexroth AG, RS 25402, edición: 2014-08
Dimensiones: Conexión roscada (medidas en mm [pulgadas])
1.1 Tipo de variador “S” (ejemplo)Espiga roscada con hexágono y capuchón protector;hexágono interior (TN6-TN20)hexágono exterior (TN25 y 30)
2 Placa de características3 4 perforaciones para sujeción de válvula4 Conexión adicional (P), a elección (p. ej. para medición
de presión), no es posible para TN10 y nivel de presión > 400 bar (= versión “SO292”). Para las dimensiones, ver las medidas D4; para el torque de apriete, ver la tabla a wcontinuación.
Para las versiones y las medidas de los tipos de variadores, ver la página 7 y 8.
Torques de apriete MA en Nm [ft-lbs] para racores 1)
TN B1 B2 Ø D1 D2 Ø D3 D4 Tornillo de cierre (4) Racores
6 45 [1.77] 60 [2.36] 25 [0.98] M6 6,6 [0.26] G1/4 30 [22] 60 [44]8 60 [2.36] 80 [3.15] 28 [1.10] M8 9 [0.35] G3/8 40 [29] 90 [66]10 60 [2.36] 80 [3.15] 34 [1.34] M8 9 [0.35] G1/2 60 [44] 130 [95]15 70 [2.76] 100 [3.94] 42 [1.65] M8 9 [0.35] G3/4 80 [59] 200 [147]20 70 [2.76] 100 [3.94] 47 [1.85] M8 9 [0.35] G1 135 [99] 380 [280]25 100 [3.94] 130 [5.12] 56 [2.21] M10 11 [0.43] G1 1/4 480 [354] 500 [368]30 100 [3.94] 130 [5.12] 65 [2.56] M10 11 [0.43] G1 1/2 560 [413] 600 [442]
TN H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 T1 T2 Masa, aprox. en kg [lbs]
6 25 [0.98] 40 [1.57] 80 [3.15] 4 [0.16] 15 [0.59] 55 [2.17] 40 [1.57] 20 [0.79] 10 [0.39] 12 [0.47] 1,5 [3.3]8 40 [1.57] 60 [2.36] 100 [3.94] 4 [0.16] 20 [0.79] 70 [2.76] 48 [1.89] 21 [0.83] 15 [0.59] 12 [0.47] 3,7 [8.2]10 40 [1.57] 60 [2.36] 100 [3.94] 4 [0.16] 20 [0.79] 70 [2.76] 48 [1.89] 21 [0.83] 15 [0.59] 14 [0.55] 3,7 [8.2]15 50 [1.97] 70 [2.76] 135 [5.32] 4 [0.16] 20 [0.79] 100 [3.94] 65 [2.56] 34 [1.34] 18 [0.71] 16 [0.63] 6,4 [14.1]20 50 [1.97] 70 [2.76] 135 [5.32] 5,5 [0.22] 20 [0.79] 100 [3.94] 65 [2.56] 34 [1.34] 18 [0.71] 18 [0.71] 6,4 [14.1]25 60 [2.36] 90 [3.54] 180 [7.09] 5,5 [0.22] 25 [0.98] 130 [5.12] 85 [3.35] 35 [1.38] 20 [0.79] 20 [0.79] 13,9 [30.6]30 60 [2.36] 90 [3.54] 180 [7.09] 5,5 [0.22] 25 [0.98] 130 [5.12] 85 [3.35] 35 [1.38] 20 [0.79] 22 [0.87] 13,9 [30.6]
1) Los torques de apriete son valores orientativos referidos a la presión de servicio máxima y utilizando un torquímetro (tolerancia ±10%).
D11
L24
L17 SW2
SW1; MA
SW3
SW4
D11
2,5
SW5
SW3
SW2
L17
SW1;
MA
L19
L18
D12
L20
L21
SW6
L20
SW1;
MA
SW2
SW3
SW1;
MA
D12
L18
L19
L23
D13
L22
SW3
SW2
SW1; MA
6
7
1.2
1.11.381.210 10
11
10
10
10
D16
D19
-0,2
1)
D17
L25
L26
L28L27
D18
L29
D15
D14 α1
45
A
0,05 A
0,1 A
0,5
x 45
9
5
4
12
D16
Rz3 16
L30
L31
0,008- / Pt 20
A0,
02
0,00
8- /
Pt 2
0
-0,2 +0,2Rz 32
2)
Válvula limitadora de presión | DBD 7/16
RS 25402, edición: 2014-08, Bosch Rexroth AG
Dimensiones: Válvula para enroscar (medidas en mm [pulgadas])
Para las tablas de medidas y las aclaraciones de posicio-nes, ver página 8.
1) Medida máxima2) Todos los achaflanados de anillos de junta están redondeados y
libres de rebarbasTolerancia para todos los ángulos ±0,5°
8/16 DBD | Válvula limitadora de presión
Bosch Rexroth AG, RS 25402, edición: 2014-08
2) Los torques de apriete son valores orientativos con un coeficiente de rozamiento µtotal = 0,12 y con la utilización de un torquímetro.
Dimensiones: Válvula para enroscar (medidas en mm [pulgadas])
1.1 Tipo de variador “S” - espiga roscada con hexágono y capu-chón protector, hexágono interior (TN6-TN20), hexágono exte-rior (TN30)
1.2 Tipo de variador “H” - botón giratorio (TN6-TN20), volante (TN30)
1.3 Tipo de variador “A” - botón giratorio cerrable TN6-TN10 (TN20 hasta 100 bar [1450 psi])
4 Conexión P, a voluntad en el perímetro o en la cara frontal5 Conexión T, a voluntad en el perímetro6 Denominación del tipo7 Nivel de presión (sellado)
Válvula para enroscar TN Ø D11 Ø D12 Ø D13 L17 L18 L19 L20 L21 L22 L23 L246 34 [1.34] 60 [2.36] – 72 [2.83] 11 [0.43] 83 [3.26] 28 [1.10] 20 [0.79] – – 64,5 [2.54]10 38 [1.50] 60 [2.36] – 68 [2.68] 11 [0.43] 79 [3.11] 28 [1.10] 20 [0.79] – – 77 [3.03]20 48 [1.89] 60 [2.36] – 65 [2.56] 11 [0.43] 77 [3.03] 28 [1.10] 20 [0.79] – – 106 [4.17]30 63 [2.48] – 80 [3.15] 83 [3.26] – – – – 11 [0.43] 56 [2.21] 131 [5.16]
Torques de apriete MA en Nm [ft-lbs] para válvulas para enroscar 2)
Nivel de presión en bar [psi] Masa, aprox. en kg [lbs]TN AF1 AF2 AF3 AF4 AF5 AF6 hasta 200 [2900] hasta 400 [5800] hasta 630 [9150]
6 32 30 19 6 – 30 50±5 [37±3.7] 80±5 [59±4] – 0,4 [0.88]10 36 30 19 6 – 30 100±5 [74±3.5] 150±10 [110±3.5] 200±10 [148±7.5] 0,5 [1.10]20 46 36 19 6 – 30 150±10 [111±7.5] 300±15 [221±11] – 1 [2.21]30 60 46 19 – 13 – 350±20 [258±19.5] 500±30 [369±22] – 2,2 [4.85]
TN L25 L26 L27 L28 L29 L30 L31 α16 15 [0.59] 19 [0.75] 30 [1.18] 36 [1.42] 45 [1.77] 56,5±5,5 [2.22±0.217] 65 [2.56] 15°10 18 [0.71] 23 [0.91] 35 [1.38] 41,5 [1.63] 52 [2.05] 67,5±7,5 [2.66±0.295] 80 [3.15] 15°20 21 [0.83] 27 [1.06] 45 [1.77] 55 [2.17] 70 [2.76] 91,5±8,5 [3.60 ±0.335] 110 [4.33] 20°30 23 [0.91] 29 [1.14] 45 [1.77] 63 [2.48] 84 [3.31] 113,5±11,5 [4.47±0.453] 140 [5.51] 20°
8 Marca (ajuste de la posición cero de la válvula después de enroscarla, a continuación fijar el anillo desplazándolo horizontalmente hasta enclavarlo en el tornillo de cierre AF6).
9 Profundidad de tolerancia10 Contratuerca, torque de apriete MA = 10+5 Nm [7.4+3.7 ft-lbs]11 Espacio necesario para retirar la llave12 Para la resistencia mínima de los materiales de la carcasa, ver
los Datos técnicos, página 4.
Agujero roscado
TN D14 Ø D15 Ø D16 Ø D17 Ø D18 Ø D196 M28 x 1,5
25H9 [0.9843+0.002]6 [0.24] 15 [0.59]
24,9+0,152
[0.9803][+0.006] 12 [0.47]
–0,2 [–0.00786]
10 M35 x 1,532H9 [1.2598+0.0024]
10 [0.39] 18,5 [0.73]31,9
+0,162[1.2559]
[+0.0064] 15 [0.59]–0,2 [–0.0079]
20 M45 x 1,540H9 [1.5748+0.0024]
20 [0.79] 24 [0.95]39,9
+0,162[1.5709]
[+0.0063] 22 [0.87]–0,2 [–0.0079]
30 M60 x 255H9 [2.1654+0.0029]
30 [1.18] 38,75 [1.53]54,9
+0,174[2.1614]
[+0.0069] 34 [1.34]–0,2 [–0.0079]
H2
1.1
D9; T3D8; T2 D10
PT
(P)PT
L1
L4L3
L2
B2B1
D3
L6
L5
(P)
42
L18
6
5
PT
R1
D7; T5 D6; T4
D5
L12 L12L8
12
1314
3
L17 D11; T6
L9=
L11
L16L15
L14
L13
H3
L10
[0.2
]
15
[Ø0.23]
B4B3
3
L7
=
1,5
[0.0
6]
0,01/100[0.0004/4.0]
Rz1max 4
Válvula limitadora de presión | DBD 9/16
RS 25402, edición: 2014-08, Bosch Rexroth AG
Dimensiones: Montaje sobre placa (medidas en mm [pulgadas])
1.1 Tipo de variador “S” (ejemplo) espiga roscada con hexágono y capuchón protector, hexágono interior (TN6-TN20), hexá-gono exterior (TN30)
2 Placa de características3 4 perforaciones para sujeción de válvula4 Conexión adicional (P), a elección (p. ej. para medición de
presión), no es posible para TN10 y nivel de presión > 400 bar (= versión “SO292”). Para los torques de apriete, ver la tabla de medidas de la página 6)
12 Placa de conexión (para la denominación del tipo, ver tabla de la página 10)
13 Superficie de montaje de la válvula14 Perforación pasante en panel frontal15 Espiga elástica (solo en el caso de válvulas de seguridad de
diseño homologado)
Para las versiones y las medidas de los tipos de variado-res, ver la página 7 y 8.
1) Como repuesto también pueden utilizarse los tornillos correspon-dientes especificados según DIN 912.
2) Para apretar debe utilizarse un torquímetro con una tolerancia ≤10%.
Debido a motivos de resistencia, deberán usarse exclusivamente los siguientes tornillos de fijación de válvulas (pedido por separado):4 tornillos cilíndricos ISO 4762 - flZn-240h-L 1)
(coeficiente de rozamiento µtotal = 0,09 a 0,14)
TN DimensiónClase de
resistencia
MA en Nm
[ft-lbs] 2)Número de
material6 M6 x 50 10,9 12,5 [9.2] R91300015110 M8 x 70 10,9 28 [20.7] R91300014920 M8 x 90 12,9 28 [20.7] R91300015030 M10 x 110 12,9 56 [41.3] R913000148
4 tornillos cilíndricos UNC a petición
Terminación superficial necesaria de la superficie de montaje de la válvula
10/16 DBD | Válvula limitadora de presión
Bosch Rexroth AG, RS 25402, edición: 2014-08
Válvula limitadora de presión TN B1 B2 Ø D3 H2 L1 L2 L36 45 [1.77] 60 [2.36] 6,6 [0.26] 40 [1.57] 80 [3.15] 4 [0.16] 15 [0.59]10 60 [2.36] 80 [3.15] 9 [0.35] 60 [2.36] 100 [3.94] 4 [0.16] 20 [0.79]20 70 [2.76] 100 [3.94] 9 [0.35] 70 [2.76] 135 [5.32] 5,5 [0.22] 20 [0.79]30 100 [3.94] 130 [5.12] 11 [0.43] 90 [3.54] 180 [7.09] 5,5 [0.22] 25 [0.98]
TN L4 L5 L6 L18 Conexión (P) Masa, aprox. en kg [lbs]6 55 [2.17] 40 [1.57] 20 [0.79] 15 [0.59] G1/4 1,5 [3.3]10 70 [2.76] 45 [1.77] 21 [0.83] 15 [0.59] G1/2 3,7 [8.2]20 100 [3.94] 65 [2.56] 34 [1.34] 15 [0.59] G3/4 6,4 [14.1]30 130 [5.12] 85 [3.35] 35 [1.37] 15 [0.59] G1 1/4 13,9 [30.6]
Placas de conexiónTN Tipo B3 B4 Ø D5 Ø D6 D7 Ø D8 D96 G300/01 [G300/12] 45 [1.77] 60 [2.36] 6,6 [0.26] 11 [0.43] M6 [1/4-20 UNC] 25 [0.98] G1/4 [SAE 4; 7/16-20]10 G661//01 60 [2.36] 80 [3.15] 6,6 [0.26] 11 [0.43] M8 25 [0.98] G3/8
G662/01 60 [2.36] 80 [3.15] 6,6 [0.26] 11 [0.43] M8 34 [1.34] G1/220 G303/01 70 [2.76] 100 [3.94] 11 [0.43] 18 [0.71] M8 42 [1.65] G3/4
G304/01 70 [2.76] 100 [3.94] 11 [0.43] 18 [0.71] M8 47 [1.85] G130 G305/01 100 [3.94] 130 [5.12] 11 [0.43] 18 [0.71] M10 56 [2.20] G1 1/4
G306/01 100 [3.94] 130 [5.12] 11 [0.43] 18 [0.71] M10 65 [2.56] G1 1/2
TN Ø D10 Ø D11 H3 L7 L8 L9 L10 L11 L126 6 [0.24] 8 [0.32] 25 [0.98] 110 [4.33] 8 [0.32] 94 [3.70] 22 [0.87] 55 [2.17] 10 [0.39]10 10 [0.39] 8 [0.32] 25 [0.98] 135 [5.32] 10 [0.39] 115 [4.53] 27,5 [1.08] 70 [2.76] 12,5 [0.49]
10 [0.39] 8 [0.32] 25 [0.98] 135 [5.32] 10 [0.39] 115 [4.53] 27,5 [1.08] 70 [2.76] 12,5 [0.49]20 15 [0.59] 8 [0.32] 40 [1.57] 170 [6.69] 15 [0.59] 140 [5.51] 20 [0.79] 100 [3.94] 20 [0.79]
20 [0.79] 8 [0.32] 40 [1.57] 170 [6.69] 15 [0.59] 140 [5.51] 20 [0.79] 100 [3.94] 20 [0.79]30 30 [1.18] 8 [0.32] 40 [1.57] 190 [7.48] 12,5 [0.49] 165 [6.50] 17,5 [0.67] 130 [5.12] 22,5 [0.89]
TN L13 L14 L15 L16 L17 T2 T3 T4 T5
6 39 [1.54] 42 [1.65] 62 [2.44] 65 [2.56] 15 [0.59] 1 [0.039] 15 [0.59] 9 [0.35] 15 [0.59]
10 40,5 [1.59] 48,5 [1.91] 72,5 [2.85] 80,5 [3.17] 15 [0.59] 1 [0.039] 15 [0.59] 9 [0.35] 12 [0.47]
40,5 [1.59] 48,5 [1.91] 72,5 [2.85] 80,5 [3.17] 15 [0.59] 1 [0.039] 16 [0.63] 9 [0.35] 15 [0.59]
20 45 [1.77] 54 [2.13] 85 [3.35] 94 [3.70] 15 [0.59] 1 [0.039] 20 [0.79] 13 [0.51] 22 [0.87]
42 [1.65] 54 [2.13] 85 [3.35] 97 [3.82] 15 [0.59] 1 [0.039] 20 [0.79] 13 [0.51] 22 [0.87]
30 42 [1.65] 52,5 [2.07] 102,5 [4.04] 113 [4.45] 15 [0.59] 1 [0.039] 24 [0.95] 11,5 [0.45] 22 [0.87]
TN T6 R1 Masa, aprox. en kg [lbs]
6 6 [0.24] 25+2 [0.98+0.079] 1,5 [3.3]
10 6 [0.24] 30+5 [1.18+0.197] 2 [4.4]
20 6 [0.24] 40+3 [1.57+0.118] 5,5 [12.1]
30 6 [0.24] 55+4 [2.16+0.157] 8 [17.6]
Dimensiones: montaje sobre placa (medidas en mm [pulgadas])
Aviso:Las placas de conexión indicadas no están autorizadas para la utilización con válvulas de seguridad de diseño homologado según la Directiva de dispositivos de presión 97/23/CE.
Válvula limitadora de presión | DBD 11/16
RS 25402, edición: 2014-08, Bosch Rexroth AG
Datos para el pedido: Válvulas de seguridad de diseño homologado tipo DBD 1)
TN Denominación del tipo Característica del componente
6
DBDS 6K1X/ E
TÜV.SV. –849.5.F.αw .p.G
DBDH 6K1X/ E
DBDS 6G1X/ E
DBDH 6G1X/ E
DBDS 6P1X/ E
DBDH 6P1X/ E
10
DBDS 10K1X/ E
TÜV.SV. –850.6.F.αw .p.G
TÜV.SV. –390.4,5.F.30.p. 2)
DBDH 10K1X/ E
DBDS 10G1X/ E
DBDH 10G1X/ E
DBDS 10P1X/ E
DBDH 10P1X/ E
TN Denominación del tipo Característica del componente
20
DBDS 20K1X/ E
TÜV.SV. –361.10.F.αw.p.
DBDH 20K1X/ E
DBDS 20G1X/ E
DBDH 20G1X/ E
DBDS 20P1X/ E
DBDH 20P1X/ E
30
DBDS 30K1X/ E
TÜV.SV. –362.15.F.αw.p.
DBDH 30K1X/ E
DBDS 30G1X/ E
DBDH 30G1X/ E
DBDS 30P1X/ E
DBDH 30P1X/ E
La presión en la denominación del tipo debe registrarla el cliente, es posible realizar ajustes de presión ≥ 30 bar [435 psi] y en pasos de 5 bar [72 psi].
El dato se introduce de fábrica
1) Serie 1X según la Directiva de dispositivos de presión 97/23/CE2) Característica del componente para DBD. 10.1X/...;
400 bar [5801 psi] < p ≤ 630 bar [9150 psi]
Datos técnicos diferentes: Válvulas de seguridad de diseño homologado tipo DBD 1)
HidráulicosCaudal máximo Ver curvas características en página 13 … 16Fluido hidráulico Aceite mineral (HL, HLP) según DIN 51524-1 y DIN 51524-2Rango de temperatura del fluido hidráulico °C [°F] –20 … +60 [–4 … +140] (juntas NBR)
–15 … +60 [5 … 140] (juntas FKM)Rango de viscosidad mm2/s [SUS] 12 … 230 [55 … 1066]
1) Serie 1X, según la Directiva de dispositivos de presión 97/23/CE (Consultar en caso de utilización del aparato fuera de los valores indicados.)
H1
H2
B2ØD2
ØD1B1
ØD
1
R1
12/16 DBD | Válvula limitadora de presión
Bosch Rexroth AG, RS 25402, edición: 2014-08
Dimensiones: recorte de chapa para montaje en el panel frontal con válvulas de seguridad de diseño homologado del tipo DBD 1) (Medidas en mm [pulgadas])
TN B1 B2 H1 H26 45 [1.77] 12,5 [0.49] 25 [0.98] 22,5 [0.89]10 60 [2.36] 20,5 [0.81] 40 [1.57] 20,5 [0.81]20 70 [2.76] 24 [0.94] 50 [1.97] 24 [0.94]30 100 [3.94] 29,5 [1.16] 60 [2.36] 29,5 [1.16]
TN Ø D1H13 Ø D2H13 R16 7 [0.27] 40 [1.57] 8 [0.32]10 9 [0.35] 44 [1.73] 8 [0.32]20 9 [0.35] 55 [2.17] 8 [0.32]30 11 [0.43] 73 [2.87] 8 [0.32]
1) Serie 1X según la Directiva de dispositivos de presión 97/23/CE
Aviso:En el caso de válvulas del tipo DBDH.K..1X/E, antes de montar la válvula para enroscar en el panel frontal deberá desmontarse el volante y a continuación montarse de nuevo.
400
300
405060
80
200
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
100
140
171
630
120150160
30
[0] [5] [15] [20] [25] [37][10] [30]
[435]
[5801]
[580][725][870]
[1160]
[1450]
[2901]
[4351]
[9150]
[1740][2176][2320][2480]
400
200
405060
80
100
300 60 90 120 150 180
300
120140160180
220260
316
240280
[0] [5] [47.5][10]
[5801]
[435]
[580]
[725][870]
[1160]
[1450]
[2901]
[4351]
[15] [20] [25] [30] [35] [40]
[1740][2030][2320][2610]
[3190][3771]
[4583]
400
300
405060
80
200
300 12 20 28 36 44 52
100111
[0] [2] [6] [8] [10] [13.7][4] [12]
[5801]
[435]
[580]
[725][870]
[1160][1450][1610]
[2901]
[4351]
0 60 120 180 240 300 360
220
280
[0] [95][10] [30] [40] [50] [60] [70] [80]
400
200
405060
80
100
30
300
120140160180
220260
316
[5801]
[435]
[580]
[725][870]
[1160]
[1450]
[2901]
[4351]
[1740][2030][2320][2610]
[3190][3771]
[4583]
[20]
Válvula limitadora de presión | DBD 13/16
RS 25402, edición: 2014-08, Bosch Rexroth AG
Curvas características: Válvulas de seguridad de diseño homologado tipo DBD 1)
Pres
ión
de s
ervi
cio
en b
ar [p
si] →
Pres
ión
de s
ervi
cio
en b
ar [p
si] →
Caudal en l/min [US gpm] →
Caudal en l/min [US gpm] →
Pres
ión
de s
ervi
cio
en b
ar [p
si] →
Caudal en l/min [US gpm] →
Caudal en l/min [US gpm] →
Pres
ión
de s
ervi
cio
en b
ar [p
si] →
Tamaño nominal 6
Tamaño nominal 10
Tamaño nominal 20 Tamaño nominal 30
Aviso:Los valores que se encuentran en las zonas de las curvas carac-terísticas con fondo gris no son admisibles para esta válvula.
1) Serie 1X según la Directiva de dispositivos de presión 97/23/CE
40
30
21
11,5
17
6
3
11
19,5
14 27
31,5
52
1
2 3
45
6
7
8
3010 20 40 500
[580]
[0]
[200]
[400]
0
[0] [2] [3] [5] [6] [8] [13.7][1] [9] [10] [11] [12] [13][7.1][3.7]
[500][456]
[304][282]
[246]
[166][159]
[87]
[43]
14/16 DBD | Válvula limitadora de presión
Bosch Rexroth AG, RS 25402, edición: 2014-08
Avisos de seguridad: Válvulas de seguridad de diseño homologado tipo DBD 1)
Caudal máximo admisible qVmax dependiendo de la contrapresión pT en la tubería de descarga
Tipo DBD. 6 .1X/...E
Con
trap
resi
ón e
n ba
r [p
si] →
1) Serie 1X según la Directiva de dispo-sitivos de presión 97/23/CE
Caudal en l/min [US gpm] →
Curvas característi-
cas
Presión de respuesta pA en bar [psi]
1 30 [435]2 60 [870]3 110 [1595]4 115 [1668]5 170 [2465]6 210 [3046]7 315 [4568]8 400 [5800]
Las curvas características para valores intermedios pueden generarse mediante interpolación. Para otras explicaciones, ver página 16
▶ Antes de efectuar un pedido de una válvula de seguri-dad de diseño homologado debe asegurarse de que, para la presión de respuesta deseada p, el caudal máximo admisible qVmax de la válvula de seguridad es superior al caudal máximo posible de la instalación/acumulador que se debe proteger.Según la Directiva de dispositivos de presión 97/23/CE, el incremento de la presión del sistema debido al cau-dal no debe superar el 10% de la presión de respuesta ajustada (consultar la característica del componente, página 11).
▶ No puede superarse el caudal máximo admisible qVmax indicado en la característica del componente.
▶ Las tuberías de descarga de válvulas de seguridad deben descargarse sin peligro. En el sistema de des-carga no se debe acumular fluido (ver el prospecto AD 2000 A 2).
Es imprescindible tener en cuenta las indicaciones de aplicación.
▶ En fábrica se ajusta la presión de respuesta indicada en la característica del componente con un caudal de 2 l/min [0.53 US gpm].
▶ El caudal máximo indicado en la característica del componente es válido para aplicaciones sin contrapre-sión en la tubería de descarga (conexión T).
▶ Al retirar el precinto de la válvula de seguridad, expira la homologación conforme a la Directiva de dispositivos de presión.
▶ Por lo general, se deben tener en cuenta los requisitos de la Directiva de dispositivos a presión y del prospecto AD 2000 A 2.
▶ Se recomienda asegurar las válvulas de seguridad de diseño homologado para evitar un desmontaje no auto-rizado mediante el cableado y el precintado con la carcasa o el bloque de carcasa (existe una perforación en el tipo de variador).
Aviso:Debido al caudal en aumento, la presión del sistema asciende la contrapresión en la tubería de descarga (conexión T). (Debe respetarse el prospecto AD 2000 A 2, punto 6.3)A fin de que este aumento de la presión del sistema debido al caudal no supere al 10% de la presión de respuesta ajustada, se debe reducir el caudal admisible en función de la contrapresión en la tubería de descarga (conexión T) (ver diagramas de la página 14 … 16).
21
40,5
17
63
11
17,5
31,5
1
3
4
10
6
4229 6554
9
5
7
8
10 50 100 140
50
63
2
[0]
[400]
[700]
0
[0] [5] [10] [20][17.2] [25] [30]
[800]
[43]
[37][35][14.2][11.1][7.7]
40[500]
[87]
[159]
[246][253][304]
[456]
[580][587]
[913]
21
17
6
3
11
694810
31,5
1501
2
5
7
6
8
13512297 165
40
32
43
180
10
20
35
[0] [5] [10] [20] [30] [47.5][12.7]
[0]
[200]
[400]
[500]
0 30 60 80 110
[15] [40][18.2] [25.6] [32.2] [35.6] [43.6]
[580]
25
[43]
[87]
[159]
[246]
[304]
[456][464]
Válvula limitadora de presión | DBD 15/16
RS 25402, edición: 2014-08, Bosch Rexroth AG
Caudal máximo admisible qVmax dependiendo de la contrapresión pT en la tubería de descarga
Tipo DBD. 10 .1X/...E
Tipo DBD. 20 .1X/...E
Avisos de seguridad: Válvulas de seguridad de diseño homologado tipo DBD 1)
1) Serie 1X según la Directiva de dispositivos de presión 97/23/CE
Con
trap
resi
ón e
n ba
r [p
si] →
Con
trap
resi
ón e
n ba
r [p
si] →
Caudal en l/min [US gpm] →
Caudal en l/min [US gpm] →
Curvas característi-
cas
Presión de respuesta pA en bar [psi]
1 30 [435]2 60 [870]3 110 [1595]4 170 [2465]5 175 [2538]6 210 [3046]7 315 [4568]8 400 [5800]9 405 [5874]10 630 [9150]
Las curvas características para valores intermedios pueden generarse mediante interpolación. Otras explica-ciones ver página 16
Curvas característi-
cas
Presión de respuesta pA en bar [psi]
1 30 [435]2 60 [870]3 110 [1595]4 170 [2465]5 210 [3046]6 315 [4568]7 320 [4641]8 400 [5800]
Las curvas características para valores intermedios pueden generarse mediante interpolación. Para otras explicaciones, ver página 16
100
21
17
6
3
11
1218120
31,5
3001
2
3
4 5
6
213 240170
30
[0] [10] [50] [70] [95.1][21.4]
[0]
[200]
[400]
[507]
[43]
[87]
[456]
0 6040 140 360260
[31.9] [44.9] [56.3] [63.4][40] [80]
35
25[350]
[304]
[246]
[159]
Bosch Rexroth AG, RS 25402, edición: 2014-08
16/16 DBD | Válvula limitadora de presión
Bosch Rexroth AG HydraulicsZum Eisengießer 197816 Lohr am Main, Germany Teléfono +49 (0) 93 52 / 18-0 [email protected] www.boschrexroth.de
© Todos los derechos de Bosch Rexroth AG, también en el caso de solicitudes de derechos protegidos. Nos reservamos cualquier capacidad dispositiva, como el derecho de copia y el derecho de tramitación.Los datos indicados sirven únicamente para describir el producto. De nuestras indicaciones no se deriva ninguna declaración que determine la calidad ni la idoneidad para un fin de empleo concreto. Las indicaciones no eximen al usuario de las propias evaluaciones y verificaciones. Debe tenerse en cuenta que nuestros productos están sometidos a un proceso natural de desgaste y envejecimiento.
Más información
▶ Dispositivos de seguridad contra sobrepresión: válvulas de seguridad Prospecto AD 2000 A 2 ▶ Fluidos hidráulicos a base de aceite mineral Catálogo 90220 ▶ Valores característicos de confiabilidad según EN ISO 13849 Catálogo 08012 ▶ Válvulas hidráulicas para aplicaciones industriales Instrucciones de servicio 07600-B ▶ Selección de los filtros www.boschrexroth.com/filter
Caudal máximo admisible qVmax dependiendo de la contrapresión pT en la tubería de descarga
pA = presión de respuesta en barpT = contrapresión máxima admisible en bar (para la suma
de todas las posibles presiones de tanque; ver tam-bién el prospecto AD 2000 A 2)
qV max = caudal máximo admisible en l/minDDP: pT max = 10% x pA (si qV = 0)
Aclaración de los diagramas (ejemplo: tipo DBD 6 …E, página 16):Dado: ▶ Caudal a asegurar de la instalación/del acumulador
qVmax = 20 l/min ▶ Presión de respuesta ajustada de la válvula de seguridad pA = 315 bar
Se busca: pT admisible
Solución: Ver la flecha en el diagrama de la página 14 (tipo DBD 6 …E) pT admisible (20 l/min; 315 bar) = 19,5 bar
Tipo DBD. 30 .1X/...E
Con
trap
resi
ón e
n ba
r [p
si] →
Caudal en l/min [US gpm] →
Curvas característi-
cas
Presión de respuesta pA en bar [psi]
1 30 [435]2 60 [870]3 110 [1595]4 170 [2465]5 220 [3191]6 315 [4568]
Las curvas características para valores intermedios pueden generarse mediante interpolación. Otras explica-ciones ver abajo
Indicaciones de seguridad: Válvulas de seguridad de diseño homologado tipo DBD 1)
1) Serie 1X según la Directiva de dispo-sitivos de presión 97/23/CE
PRESSURE FILTER Series HPV 170-450 6000 PSI
Sheet No.
1479 E
1. Type index:
1.1. Complete filter: (ordering example)
HPV. 360. 10VG. HR. E. P. -. UG. 7. -. D2. AE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 series:
HPV = pressure filter with differential pressure-valve 2 nominal size: 170, 240, 360, 450
3 filter-material and filter-fineness:
80 G = 80 m, 40 G = 40 m, 25 G = 25 m stainless steel wire mesh
25 VG = 20 m(c), 16 VG = 15 m(c), 10 VG = 10 m(c),
6 VG = 7 m(c), 3 VG = 5 m(c) Interpor fleece (glass fiber) 4 resistance of pressure difference for filter element:
30 = p 435 PSI HR = p 2320 PSI (rupture strength p 3625 PSI) 5 filter element design:
E = single-end open 6 sealing material:
P = Nitrile (NBR) V = Viton (FPM) 7 filter element specification:
- = standard VA = stainless steel 8 connection:
UG = thread connection 9 connection size:
5 = -16 SAE 6 = -20 SAE 7 = -24 SAE 10 filter housing specification:
- = standard 11 internal valve:
D1 = differential pressure-valve p 51 PSI D2 = differential pressure-valve p 102 PSI 12 clogging indicator or clogging sensor:
- = without AOR = visual, see sheet-no. 1606 AOC = visual, see sheet-no. 1606 AE = visual-electrical, see sheet-no. 1615 VS1 = electronical, see sheet-no. 1617 VS2 = electronical, see sheet-no. 1618
1.2. Filter element: (ordering example)
01E. 360. 10VG. HR. E. P. - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 series:
01E. = filter element according company standard 2 nominal size: 170, 240, 360, 450
3 - 7 see type index-complete filter
2. Dimensions: inch type HPV 170 HPV 240 HPV 360 HPV 450
connection -16SAE -20SAE -24SAE -16SAE -20SAE -24SAE -16SAE -20SAE -24SAE -16SAE -20SAE -24SAE
A 13.26 13.26 13.46 15.23 15.23 15.43 18.38 18.38 18.58 22.51 22.51 22.71
B 10.35 10.35 10.43 12.32 12.32 12.40 15.47 15.47 15.55 19.60 19.60 19.68
C 13.77 13.77 13.77 15.74 15.74 15.74 18.89 18.89 18.89 23.03 23.03 23.03
D 2.91 2.91 3.03 2.91 2.91 3.03 2.91 2.91 3.03 2.91 2.91 3.03
E 2.87 2.87 2.95 2.87 2.87 2.95 2.87 2.87 2.95 2.87 2.87 2.95
weight lbs. 30 32 33 33 35 36 37 39 40 42 44 45
volume tank .18 Gal. .23 Gal. .31 Gal. .42 Gal.
EDV 08/12
1) connection for the potential equalisation,
only for application in the explosive area
+49 (0)6205 2094-0 +49 (0)6205 2094-40
phone fax
Friedensstrasse 41, 68804 Altlussheim, Germany
e-mail url
[email protected] www.eaton.com/filtration
Changes of measures and design are subject to alteration!
3. Spare parts:
item qty. designation dimension article-no. HPV 170-450
1 1 filter element 01E. 170-450
2 1 O-ring 34 x 3,5 304338 (NBR) 304730 (FPM)
3 1 O-ring 75 x 3 302215 (NBR) 304729 (FPM)
4 1 support ring 81 x 2,6 x 1 304581
5 1 screw plug ¾ BSPP 308529
6 1 clogging indicator, visual AOR or AOC see sheet-no. 1606
7 1 clogging indicator, visual-electrical AE see sheet-no. 1615
8 1 clogging sensor, electronical VS1 see sheet-no. 1617
9 1 clogging sensor, electronical VS2 see sheet-no. 1618
10 1 O-ring 15 x 1,5 315357 (NBR) 315427 (FPM)
11 O-ring 22 x 2 304708 (NBR) 304721 (FPM)
12 1 O-ring 14 x 2 304342 (NBR) 304722 (FPM)
13 1 screw plug 20913-4 309817
item 13 execution only without clogging indicator or clogging sensor
4. Description:
The pressure filters of the series HPV 170-450 are suitable for a working pressure up to 6000 PSI. The pressure peaks are absorbed by a sufficient margin of safety. The HPV-filter is in-line mounted. The filter element consists of star-shaped, pleated filter material which is supported on the inside by a perforated core tube and is bonded to the end caps with a high-quality adhesive. The flow direction is from outside to the inside. Filter elements are available down to 4 µm(c). Internormen Product Line filter elements are known as elements with a high intrinsic stability and an excellent filtration capability, a high dirt-retaining capacity and a long service life. Internormen Product Line filter are suitable for all petroleum based fluids, HW-emulsions, most synthetic hydraulic fluids and lubrication oils. Internormen Product Line filter elements are available up to a pressure difference resistance of p 2320 PSI and a rupture strength of p 3625 PSI. The differential pressure-valve opens independently of the operating pressure at a chosen differential pressure-valve between IN and OUT and leaves an unfiltered partial-flow flowing from „IN“ to the tank.
5. Technical data:
temperature range: + 14°F to + 176°F (for a short time + 212°F) operating medium: mineral oil, other media on request max. operating pressure: 6000 PSI test pressure: 8580 PSI connection system: thread connection housing material: C-steel sealing material: Nitrile (NBR) or Viton (FPM), other materials on request installation position: vertical
Classified under the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC for mineral oil (fluid group 2), Article 3, Para. 3. Classified under ATEX Directive 94/9/EC according to specific application (see questionnaire sheet-no. 34279-4).
6. Symbols:
without indicator with electrical indicator
AE 30 and AE 40
with visual-electrical indicator
AE 50 and AE 62
with visual-electrical indicator
AE 70 and AE 80
with visual indicator
AOR/AOC
with electronical clogging sensor
VS1
with electronical clogging sensor
VS2
7. Pressure drop flow curves: Precise flow rates see ‘Interactive Product Specifier’, respectively p-curves ; depending
on filter fineness and viscosity.
8. Test methods: Filter elements are tested according to the following ISO standards:
ISO 2941 Verification of collapse/burst resistance ISO 2942 Verification of fabrication integrity ISO 2943 Verification of material compatibility with fluids ISO 3723 Method for end load test ISO 3724 Verification of flow fatigue characteristics ISO 3968 Evaluation of pressure drop versus flow characteristics ISO 16889 Multi-pass method for evaluating filtration performance
US 1479 E
TOTAL ESPAÑA, S.A.U Ribera del Loira, 46 - 28042 Madrid Tel.: 91 722 08 40 - Fax: 91 722 08 62
HIDRAULICO HV Ficha de características técnicas
Aceite hidráulico antidesgaste
de alto índice de viscosidad
APLICACIONES Circuitos y sistemas hidráulicos
Cualquier sistema hidráulico en condiciones de altas presiones y temperaturas .
Lubricante especialmente adaptado para maquinaria expuesta a la intemperie , fácil arranque a muy baja temperatura ( -30ºC ) y funcionamiento regular en cualquier es-tación del año. Maquinaria de obras públicas , de canteras , etc …
PROPIEDADES Larga vida de los componentes Gran fiabilidad
Muy alto índice de viscosidad. Estabilidad térmica y resistencia a la oxidación. Protección antidesgaste y anticorrosivo. Elevada estabilidad a la hidrólisis. Buena filtrabilidad con o sin agua . Baja tendencia a la formación de espuma . Buena desaereación . Excelente desemulsión.
CARACTERÍSTICAS
HIDRAULICO HV CARACTERÍSTICAS MÉTODOS UNIDADES 46 68
Aspecto (visual) Visual - Límpido Límpido Densidad a 15 °C ASTM D 4052 kg/m3 867 875 Viscosidad a 40 °C ASTM D 445 mm2/s 46 68 Viscosidad a 100 °C ASTM D 445 mm2/s 8,3 11,5 Índice de viscosidad ASTM D 2270 - 167 170 Punto de inflamación Cleveland ASTM D 92 °C 218 220 Las características mencionadas representan valores típicos.
ESPECIFICACIONES Especificaciones
AFNOR NF E 48-603 HV ISO 6743/4 HV DIN 51524 P3 HVLP
Niveles : CINCINNATI MILACRON – VICKERS
Este lubricante, empleado según nuestras recomendaciones y en las aplicaciones previstas, no presenta ningún riesgo particular. Puede usted obtener a través de su delegado comercial los datos de seguridad conformes a la legislación vigente en la C.E. Última actualización: 25-06-2010
E 5.
805.
2/11
.14
1
Air Cooler MobileOK-ELD 0-6 with DC motor
GeneralThe OK-ELD air cooler series is designed specificallyformobilehydraulicapplications wherehighperformanceandefficiencyarerequiredandphysicalsizemustbeminimizedtoalloweasyinstallation.
Product FeaturesThesecoolersuseacombinationofhighperformancecoolingelementsandhighcapacity,longlifeDCelectricpoweredfanstogivelongtroublefreeoperationinarduousmobilehydraulicapplications.The compact design allows the coolers tofitmostequipmentandprovidethehighestcoolingperformanceinheatdissi-pationwhilstminimizingspacerequired.
l Compact,efficient,highperformance l Cooling range 2 - 34 kW l DC motors in 12 Volt and 24 Volt with motorlifetimesupto16,000hours
Application FieldHydraulicsystemsinmobilemachinesandvehicles,suchas
l Mobilecranes l Concretemixersandpumptrucks l Roadpavingmachines l Constructionmachines(excavators,wheelloaders)
l Agriculturalmachines l Municipalmachines
Symbol Operation DataFluids l Oils(mineraloils,syntheticoils,highviscosityoils,
biologicaloils,phosphateester) l Water-glycol(coolingfluids) l HFCpressurefluids
Viscosity 2,000mm²/s(standard)Temperaturerange l Minimum/maximumambienttemperature:
-20°Cto+40°C(standard) l Minimum/maximumtemperatureofthemedium:
+ 20 °C to + 130 °CPleasecontactthetechnicalsalesdepartmentintheeventofdeviatingtemperatures.Notice!Fanatmax.speed(max.volumeofair)mustbeavoidedwhenoperatingacooleratwhichthetemperaturedifferencebetweenthemediuminletatthecoolerandtheambienttemperaturecanbegreaterthan50°C.Quickchangesinthetemperatureofthecoolingelementmaterialcanleadtoasignificantreductioninservicelifeortodirectdamageofthecoolingelementduetothermal shock.Pleasecontactthetechnicalsalesdepartmenttoreceiveinformationaboutcontrolledfandrives.
Pressureresistanceofthecoolingelement
l Dynamicoperatingpressure:16bar l Staticoperatingpressure:21bar
Fan Axialfaninsuctionversion(standard)Axialfaninpushingversiononrequest(note:approx.10%lesscoolingcapacity)
Motor l DC motor l 12V/24V l Protection class IP68 l InsulationclassF
Otherversionsonrequest.Noiselevels See technical data
Thenoiselevelsareonlyreferencevaluesastheacousticpropertiesofaroom,connectionsandreflectionhaveaneffectonthenoiselevel.
Accessories l Integratedpressurebypassvalve(IBP)or integratedthermalpressurebypassvalve(IBT) (cannotberetrofitted,alsoseeoptions)
l Brushlessfan l Electronicspeedcontrol(ESC) l Thermostats l Airfiltergridorairfiltermat l Vibrationdamper
E 5.
805.
2/11
.14
2
3
2
1
OptionsIntegrated pressure bypass valve (IBP) / Integrated thermal pressure bypass valve (IBT)Thebypasschannelisintegratedinthecoolingelement.Ifaparticularpressureisexceeded,theIBPopensthebypasschannel,therebyprotectingthecoolingelementfromtoohighapressure.Furthermore,theIBTonlyopensthecoolingelementpathonceaparticulartemperaturehasbeenreached.
DesignOK-ELD 0
OK-ELD 1.5
3
2
1
Air cooler with1 Axialfanwithintegratedmotor2 Fanhousing3 Heat exchanger
Air cooler with1 Axialfanwithintegratedmotor2 Fanhousing3 Heat exchanger
E 5.
805.
2/11
.14
3
DesignOK-ELD 1- 4.5
OK-ELD 5-6
3
2
1
3
2
1
Air cooler with1 Axialfanwithintegratedmotor2 Fanhousing3 Heat exchanger
Air cooler with1 Axialfanwithintegratedmotor2 Fanhousing3 Heat exchanger
E 5.
805.
2/11
.14
4
Technical DataOK-ELD 0-6
Type
of c
oole
r
P/N
Volta
ge [V
]
Flui
d flo
w [l
/min
] 1)
Air
flow
[m3 /h
]
Fan
mot
or:
Pow
er /
curr
ent a
bsor
ptio
n [k
W /
A] 2)
Rec
omm
ende
d Fu
se
[A]
Fan
Dia
met
er [m
m] 2)
Noi
se le
vel (
at 1
m d
ista
nce)
[d
B(A
)]
Volu
me
[l] 3)
Wei
ght [
kg] 4)
kW A
OK-ELD 0 3169981 12 60 279 0.05 3.0 5.0 140 68 0.4 2.7
OK-ELD 0 3169980 24 60 279 0.05 1.6 5.0 140 68 0.4 2.7
OK-ELD 1 3083371 12 150 451 0.10 8.0 15.0 190 73 0.6 4.0
OK-ELD 1 3083596 24 150 451 0.10 3.2 7.5 190 73 0.6 4.0
OK-ELD 1.5 3106405 12 150 455 0.10 8.0 15.0 190 77 1.0 4.7
OK-ELD 1.5 3106406 24 150 455 0.10 4.0 7.5 190 77 1.0 4.7
OK-ELD 2 3083370 12 150 910 0.14 9.4 20.0 255 74 2.0 9.4
OK-ELD 2 3083597 24 150 910 0.14 5.2 15.0 255 74 2.0 9.4
OK-ELD 3 3083369 12 180 1,338 0.23 17.5 25.0 305 79 2.2 11.0
OK-ELD 3 3083678 24 180 1,338 0.23 8.0 20.0 305 79 2.2 11.0
OK-ELD 4 3809511 12 180 2,052 0.30 22.5 30.0 385 76 3.0 15.9
OK-ELD 4 3809078 24 180 2,052 0.30 10.5 20.0 385 76 3.0 15.9
OK-ELD 4.5 3979800 12 180 2,284 0.30 22.5 30.0 385 76 5.2 22.0
OK-ELD 4.5 3979801 24 180 2,284 0.30 10.5 20.0 385 76 5.2 22.0
OK-ELD 5 3083286 12 180 3,581 0.46 35.0 2x25 305 80 4.2 30.3
OK-ELD 5 3083681 24 180 3,581 0.46 16.0 2 x 20 305 80 4.2 30.3
OK-ELD 6 3982479 12 180 5,020 0.60 45.0 2 x 30 385 77 5.2 36.6
OK-ELD 6 3982420 24 180 5,020 0.60 21.0 2 x 20 385 77 5.2 36.6
1)Max.flowrate2)OK-ELD5-6:eachfan3)Fluidincoolingelement4)Unfilled
Counter connector
Type of cooler P/N
OK-ELD 0 12 V 3973604
24 V 3973656
OK-ELD 1 12 V / 24 V 3973602
OK-ELD 1.5 12 V / 24 V 3973602
OK-ELD 2 12 V / 24 V 3973602
OK-ELD 3 12 V / 24 V 3176990
OK-ELD 4 12 V / 24 V 3973602
OK-ELD 4.5 12 V / 24 V 3973602
OK-ELD 5 12 V / 24 V (2x)3176990
OK-ELD 6 12 V / 24 V (2x)3973602
E 5.
805.
2/11
.14
5
Cooling Capacity and Pressure Difference ΔpOK-ELD 0-6
Pressure difference Δp
Cooling capacity:Dependentontheoilflowrateand thetemperaturedifferenceΔTbetweenoil inlet and air inlet.
Note: Thevaluesaremeasuredat ΔT = 40 °C. For smaller ΔTvalues, thevaluescanchange.Youcanalsouseourcoolercalculationsoftware fordesigning.Pleasecontactourtechnical sales department.
Hea
t dis
sipa
tion
@ Δ
T =
40 °C
[kW
]
Tolerance:±5%Oil flow [l/min]
Spec
ific
heat
dis
sipa
tion
[kW
/K]
Forotherviscosities,thepressurelossmustbemultiplied bytheconversionfactorK:
Viscosity(mm²/s) 10 15 22 30 46 68 100 150
Factor K 0.35 0.5 0.75 1.0 1.4 1.9 2.5 3.5
2.4
2.2
2.0
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.00 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Oil flow [l/min]
Pres
sure
dro
p [b
ar]
measuredat30mm²/s Tolerance:±5%
OK-ELD 0 OK-ELD 0 OK-ELD 1.5
OK-ELD 6
OK-ELD 5
OK-ELD 4 OK-ELD 2
OK-ELD 3
OK-ELD 4.5
40
36
32
28
24
20
16
12
8
4
0
1,0
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
00 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
OK-ELD 5
OK-ELD 6
OK-ELD 3
OK-ELD 4
OK-ELD 4.5
OK-ELD 2OK-ELD 1.5
OK-ELD 1 OK-ELD 0
E 5.
805.
2/11
.14
6
Model Type OK-ELD - 1H - 3.1 - 12 VBL - 1 - S - AITF60
Cooler typeOK-ELD = Oil-Air cooler
Size / motor speed0-6 = size H = 2pl(3,000min-1)
Revision
Motor voltage 12 V = 12 V DC 24 V = 24 V DC 12VBL = 12VDCbrushless 24VBL = 24VDCbrushless
Color
1 = RAL9005(standard) Othercolorsonrequest.
Air flow directionS = Suction(standard) D = Blowing
Accessories IBP = Heatexchangerwithintegratedbypassvalve IBT = Heatexchangerwithintegratedthermo-bypassvalve AITF = Thermostat(fixed) ESC = Electronic speed control Forallpossibleaccessories,likevibrationabsorber,airfiltergridorairfiltermat, pleaserefertobrochureAccessoriesforaircoolers.
E 5.
805.
2/11
.14
7
DimensionsOK-ELD 0
DimensionsOK-ELD 1.5
A/2 A/2
E2E
4 A
(4x)ØF
E3
B
E1 Z3
ROTATION
C
Z1(2x)
E5
AIR
AIR
A/2 A/2
E2
E1
A
(4x)ØFE4
B
E3
ROTATION
C
Z1(2x)
E5
AIR
AIR
E 5.
805.
2/11
.14
8
[mm] A ±5
B ± 10
C ±5
E1 ± 5
E2 ± 5
E3 ± 5
E4 ± 5
E5 ± 2
F ø / slot
Z1 Z3
OK-ELD 0 202 140 240 72 79 10 60 190 6.5 G½" –
OK-ELD 1 245 120 300 125 60 250 225 1801) 9.0 M22x1.5 M22x1.5
OK-ELD 1.5 217 137 330 43 172 255 121 40 M8 M22x1.5 M14x1.5
OK-ELD 2 313 207 384 199 57 324 288 80 14x10 G1" M22x1.5
OK-ELD 3 356 207 420 230 63 370 329 100 14x10 G1" M22x1.5
OK-ELD 4 450 208 500 300 75 445 421 150 19x10 G1" M22x1.52)
OK-ELD 4.5 454 227 602 350 52 495 200 5801) 12.0 G1-¼" M22x1.52)
1)OK-ELD1andOK-ELD4.5haveonlythefourexternalfixingpoints2)OK-ELD4andOK-ELD4.5havetwoconnectionsM22x1.5
DimensionsOK-ELD 1-4
A/2A/2
E1
E4A
(6x)ØF
E3
B
E2
Z3
ROTATION
C
Z1(2x)
AIR
AIR
HYDAC
HYDAC
E 5.
805.
2/11
.14
9
Note:Werecommendmaintainingaminimumdistancetoensureanunimpededairinletandairoutlet.Thisishalfthe heightofthecoolingelement(A/2). Anythingbelowtheminimumdistancecaninfluencethecoolingcapacityandthe noise emissions.
DimensionsOK-ELD 5-6
[mm] A ±5
B ± 10
C ±5
E1 ± 5
E2 ± 5
E3 ± 5
E4 ± 5
E5 ± 2
F ø / slot
Z1 Z3
OK-ELD 5 480 232 810 321 79 750 450 170 10x20 G1-¼" M22x1.5
OK-ELD 6 532 233 950 373 81 888 503 200 9x21 G1-¼" M22x1.5
E5
E3
C
E5 E5 Z3
Z1(2x)
A/2 A/2(8x)ØF
B
E4AE1
E2
HYDAC
ROTATION ROTATION
AIR
AIR
E 5.
805.
2/11
.14
10
NoteTheinformationinthisbrochure relates to the operating conditions.For applications and operating conditions notdescribed,pleasecontactthe relevanttechnicaldepartment.Subjecttotechnicalmodifications.
Industriegebiet 66280 Sulzbach/Saar Germany
Tel.: +49 6897 509-01 Fax: +49 6897 509-454
E-mail: [email protected] Internet: www.hydac.com
Via Sceresa, Zona Industriale 3 6805 Mezzovico Switzerland
Tel.: +41 91 9355-700 Fax: +41 91 9355-701
E-mail: [email protected] Internet: www.hydac.com
HYDAC COOLING GMBH
HYDAC AG Mezzovico Branch
Drive Type Spring
Media Air
Water
Oil
Grease
Swivel material Brass
Seal material Nitrile
Dual Purpose Hose Reels
C SeriesMODEL// C-LP-325-325-BGX
SIZE A B C D E L M1 267 464 438 203 229 178 2032 283 464 438 203 229 178 2033 164 464 438 203 229 178 203
MODEL hose
MODEL no hose
I.D. O.D. Length BAR Inlet OutletKG
hoseKG
no hoseSize
C-LP-125-125-BGX C-LPL-125-125-BGX 6mm 12mm 8 m 21 1/4" 1/4" 30 27 1
C-LP-150-150-BGX C-LPL-150-150-BGX 6mm 12mm 15 m 21 1/4" 1/4" 34 29 1
C-LP-325-325-BGX C-LPL-325-325-BGX 10mm 17mm 8 m 21 3/8" 3/8" 30 27 2
C-LP-350-350-BGX C-LPL-350-350-BGX 10mm 17mm 15 m 21 3/8" 3/8" 35 29 2
C-LP-425-425-BGX C-LPL-425-425-BGX 12mm 21mm 8 m 21 1/2" 1/2" 32 27 3
LOW PRESSURE // Air & Water
MEDIUM PRESSURE // Air, Water & Oil
HIGH PRESSURE // Air, Water, Oil & Grease
DIMENSIONS
MODEL hose
MODEL no hose
I.D. O.D. Length BAR Inlet OutletKG
hoseKG
no hoseSize
C-MP-335-335-BGXC-MPL-335-335-BGX 10mm 16mm 11 m 210 3/8" 3/8" 39 31 3
C-MP-430-430-BGXC-MPL-430-430-BGX 12mm 19mm 9 m 175 1/2" 1/2" 38 30 3
MODEL hose
MODEL no hose
I.D. O.D. Length BAR Inlet OutletKG
hoseKG
no hoseSize
C-HP-135-135-BGX C-HPL-135-135-BGX 6mm 17⁄32” 10 m 350 1/4" 1/4" 38 31 3
C-HP-330-330-BGX C-HPL-330-330-BGX 10mm 43⁄64” 9 m 280 3/8" 3/8" 37 30 3
A
LD
M
C
B
E
maximum temp. 65°c reels without hose can be used for air, water & oil
reels with hose come with one wire braid hose suitable for air, water & oil with a maximum temp. 99°c
maximum temp. 99°c
C SERIES Offers...
C Series “Combination” spring driven hose reels are a combination of two hose reels in one compact assembly. They are perfect for applications in which two sources are needed to get the job done when space is a critical factor. The single mounting base creates stability and adds to the convenience of one mounting pattern. This series is Also available in air hose/electrical cord combinations.
4 Compact Two Reel Assembly4 One Convenient Mounting Base4 Each Reel Operates Independently 4 Solid Brass BSP Swivel
SP
RIN
GM
AN
UA
LM
OTO
R
Page 16for more information please call
+44 (0) 1536 464 990 or visit www.crireels.com►